Home

2016 Nissan Frontier

1. Illustrated table of contents 0 9 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS 4WD warning light CSJ model Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light Automatic transmis sion oil temperature warning light if so equipped Automatic transmis sion check warning light if so equipped Automatic transmis sion park warning light CXE model Illustrated table of contents Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped Indi Name lig AWD shift indicator light ESA model Automatic transmis sion position indica tor light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system ON indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light Hill descent control system ON indicator light if so equipped Malfunction Indica tor Light MIL Overdrive OFF indi cator light if so equipped Security indicator light if so equipped Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light CJJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light Illustrated table of contents 0 11 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DEAS aun he neunaea ceneea vases E E 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment if so equipped an ccnacbsAueewe
2. 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serial number 9 12 F M V S S certification label a 9 12 Tire and Loading Information label 9 13 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Warning labels for SRS 1 84 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVM e 4 a ao ae epee GES Gee Bees ox 1 29 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 85 2 20 Brake light See stop light 8 31 10 4 Bulb check instrument panel 2 15 Bulb replacement 8 31 Charge warning light 2 17 Exterior and Interior lights 8 31 Fog lighis 6 e s 64 8 amp Sea 2 ee a ed 8 30 Fog light switch s ias acra ea aes 2 33 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Headighis o s a w 2 aooe aa e aua od oi 8 29 Interior light ied a sh ane a se a 2 52 Light DUIDE spi a aani aces FREES we 8 29 Low tire pressure warning light 2 18 Low windshield washer fluid warning NOMS s 26 0 oc Goose web oe ee 2 19 Passenger air bag and status light 1 79 Security indicator light 2 22 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 2 15 2 20 HONIG ps eh eed eee bee e ee oe 8 29 Wap QMS sara Noe ah wee oreo caren 2 54 Lock Child safety rear doorlock
3. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate amp Bluetooth SiriusxaM BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Bosch SirlusXM services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package The satellite service is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC SirtusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca 2015 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or
4. 0005 1 27 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SVsteitins utsuesigesenesaevecosaceawe 1 29 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATCH Crew Cab models only 2005 1 33 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATCH jump seat King Cab models only 1 35 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts Crew Cab models only 1 38 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts jump seat King Cab models only lt 5 2 0 lt sc0ee0e nesses 1 41 Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH Crew Cab models only 1 46 Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH jump seat King Cab models only wi ss2iccacedencentacanns 1 49 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts front passenger and rear bench seat Crew Cab models only 1 54 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts front passenger and jump seats King Cab models only 1 58 Booster SCAlSs ccscatetadvecneeeeetGuvave meee 1 65 Supplemental Restraint System SRS 1 70 Precautions on ORS fa ssnowdd oeeecxeerawweenss 1 70 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 84 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 85 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This
5. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Starting and driving 5 23 Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 5 24 Starting and driving 10 Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECO
6. 6 Make sure the ofp indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the cep indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park A T and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H For additional information refer to Automatic transmission park warn ing light in the Instruments and controls 7 section and Using four wheel drive 4WD in the Starting and driving section of this manual Turn off the engine To drive away oF WOW N O Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently lf the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of
7. The ABLS does not operate if both wheels on a drive axle are slipping AWARNING The ABLS system helps provide in creased traction but will not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering opera tion or by careless driving or dangerous driving practices Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces Al ways drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorb ers struts springs stabilizer bars bush ings and wheels are not NISSAN ap proved for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly This could adversely af fect vehicle handling performance and the slip indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the ABLS system may not operate properly and the slip indicator light may illuminate VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to per form the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive whee
8. Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning refer to Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone an
9. Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Redial Use the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Replace Phone Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is
10. e Do not place the key fob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the key fob with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the key fob near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and per sonal computers If a key fob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the key fob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer T om LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close the hood and all doors Press the button on the key fob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked A W N When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked If a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep For additional information refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Unlocking doors Press the button on the key fob once Only the driver s d
11. 1 Press the AUTO button The indicator light comes on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the defroster control switch 7 to turn the system on The indicator light in the button will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the manual fan control to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e Whenthe SY control is activated the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than 1 minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control is turned OFF the ve hicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compressor even if an air flow button other than VY is selected This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculation mode auto
12. 1 27 1 38 1 54 1 65 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 15 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSE a be tee eat ok we ees Ss a Ee a 1 70 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 7 Push starting 6 wa od Gi Oe ee oe he 6 13 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 77 FM AM radio with compact disc CD play e tee ew oe ee ee ae 4 44 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player aw ke eae ee 4 48 4 53 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 71 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M OSE as 4 ae oh ws ak he hy E ara Ge eas oh Sle 9 39 Rear power windows 2 50 Rear seat 0 1 6 Rear sliding window 2 51 Rear sonar system 5 41 Rear sonar system off switch 2 38 RearView Monitor 50058 4 10 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWC we eae aes Gee aoe oe ee ia 2 28 Rear window defroster switch 2 28 Recommended Fluids 9 2 Recorders Event data aoaaa aa 9 40 Refrigerant recommendation 9 8 Registering a vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote keyless entry system 3 6 3 7 Reporting safety defects US only 9 38 Roof VOCs s a s a a poa eee bok ee Se 2 47 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 27 1 38 1 54 1 65 Reporting safety defects US only 9 38 Seat Jump seat 6 6 we oe Bae ee ew 17 S
13. 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be
14. If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning refer to Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by B
15. LRS2502 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 LRS2552 Rear facing step 2 2 Move the front passenger s seat into the full forward position Then move the front seat back to the upright or tilted forward position Position the child restraint on the jump seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions LRS2726 Rear facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2727 Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended 8 At this time the seat belt re tractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS2728 Rear facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0762 Rear facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0918 Rear
16. The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LDI2831 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level A If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional informat
17. in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N po sition with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM if so equipped The E Lock system can provide additional trac tion and should only be used when a vehicle has become or is becoming stuck This system oper ates by electronically locking the two rear drive wheels together allowing them to turn at the same speed The system is used when it is not possible to free a stuck vehicle even when using the 4LO position 4 wheel drive vehicles When added traction is required activate the E Lock system by pushing the switch ON For additional information refer to Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Once the system fully engages the indicator light in the instrument panel will remain ON When the system is activated both rear wheels wil
18. in this section For additional information refer to Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System in this section USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB port is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage devi
19. Booster seat installation on front passenger seat and rear seat Crew Cab models only AWARNING To avoid injury to child do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straint and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 66 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRSO0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not
20. FLAT TOWING FOR 4 WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Never flat tow your 4 wheel drive 4WD vehicle e DO NOT tow your 4 wheel drive 4WD vehicle with any wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expen sive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual FLAT TOWING FOR REAR WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE if so equipped Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward Never tow your rear wheel drive vehicle with the front tires on the ground Doing sO may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e DO NOT tow your rear wheel drive ve hicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For
21. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle and clarify your rights under your state s lemon law A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any ques tions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by a NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for de tails concerning the particular accessories with which yo
22. PHONE END While the NISSAN Voice Recog nition system is active press and hold the button for 5 sec onds to quit the NISSAN Voice Recognition system at any time ENTER button tuning switch While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the ENTER button to select an option on the display screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled To connect a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE FOLDER knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton Bluetooth ON OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device Turns Bluetooth functionality on Turns Bluetooth functionality off Add Phone Upon pressing this button a message with a PIN appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the connection process Delete Phone Delete a phone currently connected to the system Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system This option allows the user to keep any voice tags that were recorded using the previ ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voi
23. faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may illu minate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illumi nate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 39 HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully and attentively when using the hill descent control sys tem and decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if neces sary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Failure to control ve hicle speed may result in a loss of con trol of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury Th
24. matically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control dial Turn the fan speed control dial S left or right to manually control the fan speed or turn the system on or off Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Press the air recirculation button amp to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle Press the AUTO button to return to automatic mode The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF floor or floor defrost mode Fresh air intake if so equipped Press the S fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The gt indicator light on the button will come on Air flow control Press the air flow control buttons to manually control air flow and select the air outlet vr Air flows from center and side vents 74 Airflows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Fi Air flows from defroster and foot outlets 7 Air flows from defroster outlets To turn system off Press the system off button Rear window or outside mirror defroster switch if so equipped For additional information refer to Rear window or outside mirror defroster switch in the Instru ments and controls se
25. or M up or down NOTE You must press the 44 button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the NISSAN Voice Recognition session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Press the C4 Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a PIN enter 1234 from the handset The PIN 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too s
26. 2 14 2 15 2 20 Indicator lights 2s 6 ae 2 14 2 15 2 20 Warning lights 2 14 2 15 2 20 Warning lights 2 4 2 144044 2 14 2 15 2 20 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 10 Wheels andtires 8 34 9 10 Wheel tire size 2 2 ee ee 9 10 When traveling or registering in another COUN a ere 9 11 VWVINGOWS amp s e ocas Be Rae we ae we aS a 2 48 Locking passengers windows 2 50 Manual windows 2 50 Power windows 2 2 48 Rear power windows 2 50 Rear sliding window 2 51 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 Windshield wiper blades 8 23 Wiper Wiper blades 406 56 ese a we wee 8 23 Wiper and washer switch 2 27 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the
27. Add Phone or Device key This same screen can be accessed to remove replace or select a different Bluetooth de vice 4 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Own ers Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Use the Preset 3 button for play and the Preset 4 button for pause BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers apps INFORMATION a SiriusXM f ___ SiriusXM__ sx Travel Lik Voice My Apps S Weecan onncat Settings Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the asm button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the
28. Loading Information Label The label islocatedas shown plate with grommets shown 1 Make holes on the plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 37 in 9 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Insert two plastic grommets provided Install the license plate holder using the two bolts and washers provided 2 Mount the license plate using two M6 14 mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE WITHOUT GROMMETS Use the following steps to mount the front license plate without grommets 1 Make a shallow hole in each plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 31 in 8 mm drill To avoid damaging the threads behind the finisher apply only light pressure to the drill 2 Mount the license plate bracket using two 8 mm slotted hex head screws 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading
29. Phone amp Bluetooth key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset NOTE The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new
30. SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and front passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or roll over collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain in flated for a short time The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the seat belts and is nota substitute for them Seat belts should always b
31. correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For additional information refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual t WIC0904 Type A if so equipped OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Pushthe or button for about 1 sec ond when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction display on or off To change from F to C push and hold the button for about 5 seconds or the button for about 3 seconds until the display begins to flash Press the button again to toggle between C and F LIC0583 Type B if so equipped When the outside temperature is between 140 F 60 C and 194 F 90 C the display will read 140 F 60 C When the tempera ture is above 194 F 90 C the display will read SC When the outside temperature is between than 40 F 40 C and 60 F 51 C the display will read 40 F 40 C When the temperature is below 60 F 51 C the dis play will read OC The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direc tion and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside tempera ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards COMPASS Pushthe or button for about 1 sec on
32. drive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature Starting and driving 5 17 OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive off The O D OFF indicator light in the instrument panel comes on at this time When driving conditions change depress the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy 5 18 Starting and driving MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example
33. ger s side only on the jump seat pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open position Then unfold the two support legs and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position LRS2502 Full open seating position 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0799 Forward facing webbing mounted step 3 3 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 3 4 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment refer to Head restraints headrests in this sect
34. hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body e For details consult a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely For additional infor mation refer to Variable voltage con trol system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type A if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all tim
35. if so equipped saceccenvecetecesdscncesconepae FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 6065 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 005 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System if so equipped lt sicusn doebewese dou deg betas USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models with Navigation System 065 iPod player operation without Navigation System if so equipped n anan ccc eee eee aes iPod player operation with Navigation System if so equipped 0c eee eee aes Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System if so equipped Bluetooth streaming audio with Navigation System if so equipped c cece cence CD care and ClaninG wiasia i vswaed conus es backee ss Steering wheel switch for audio control if SO equipped 6 cece eee eee eee eee eae PAVESI E coe ee een eects ee NissanConnect Mobile Apps if so equipped Registering with NissanConnect Mobile PODS 3 222463 sene manian a dea tee NARAS Connect Phone 2222004000508 8etdetenebee xe nes Application Download 0 00220 eee Siri Eyes Free if so equipped 0ee eee ReguremMmEniS Sc crcrrec erir niiret beiee aches GV ACIVINON ssec trean drna r EE SER 4 74 Operating Siri Eyes Free 2 e eee ee eee 4 75 Troubleshooting guide lt 32d cuie
36. objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 5 9 ft 1 8 m from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 in 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a station ary or receding object further than 10 in 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone Starting and driving 9 41 will sound for only 3 seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The RSS OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off the ignition must be ON and the shift lever in R Reverse An indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the RSS is not turned off it may indicate a mal function in the RSS Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bum per fascia free from snow ice and large accumu lations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS 5 42 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the
37. press the 4 button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of the command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the 4 button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait 4 Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN e if the command is not recognized the sys Voice Recognition observe the following tem announces Command not recog Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as Giving voice commands 1 Press the 4 button nized Repeat the command in aclear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands press the button The system will an nounce Cancelling Voice Recognition or Go back depending on the current menu level Press the D button to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volu
38. refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section XE SETTINGS To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the desired item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 For additional information refer to Audio system in this section Navigation For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Phone amp Bluetooth For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Touch this key to select and or adjust various functions of this system A screen with additional options will appear Display Touch this key to adjust the appearance of the display Adjusts the brightness of the display Display Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through options Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Adjusts the direction of the menu scroll Choose to either move up or down Touch this key to adjust the time The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Select from five possible formats for displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain
39. seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt WRS0175 Manual front seat shown if so equipped Fastening the seat belts front seats all models and rear seats Crew Cab models only WRS0163 Power front seat shown if so equipped 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Seats in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat Ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown
40. section The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s side front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle cor
41. to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 4 4 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 5 5 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 6 6 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up
42. within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion 3 Press and hold _ the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indica tor
43. 1 8PC or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0PC or later Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 iPod nano 5th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 0 2PC or later iPod nano 5th generation 16GB firm ware version 1 0 1PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 2PC or later iPod nano 6th generation 8GB firm ware version 1 1PC or later iPod Touch 1st generation firmware ver sion 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware version 2 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 3 1 3 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 4 3 5 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 4 3 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 0 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later iPad firmware version 4 3 2 or later iPad 2 firmware version 4 3 3 or later Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation Place the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then press the CD AUX or MEDIA but ton repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod plays when the audio system is turned back on If the audio system is off pressing the CD AUX or MEDIA button turns the audio system on and
44. 15 degree angle 3 Pull the tailgate out from the right side hinge 4 Slide the tailgate out of the left side hinge Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Connecting the rear camera if so equipped Before closing the tailgate reconnect the rear camera by performing the following 1 After attaching the rear tailgate to the truck keep the tailgate open and check that the tailgate harness is not hanging below the tailgate 2 Remove the connector bracket from the sill by pressing the locking tab inward in the direction shown while pulling the bracket apart 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Disconnect the chassis plug and bracket from the chassis wiring harness 3 Keep the connector and bracket in a safe place such as the glove box Disconnect the tailgate plug from the tail gate wiring harness Keep the tailgate plug in a safe place such as the glove box Connect the tailgate wiring harness to the chassis wiring harness Securely fix the rear camera connector bracket 1 to the rear sill Close the tailgate securely Locking the tailgate To lock the tailgate turn the key toward the pas senger side of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the driver side 2 BED EXTENDER if so equipped A CAUTION e Do not overload the bed extender Maximum load on the open tailgate is 200 Ibs 890N Evenly distribute and properly secure all cargo e Do not use
45. 4X King Cab models Crew Cab models Track Width Front and rear Wheelbase Short wheel base Long wheel base Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg 205 5 5 220 219 4 5 574 72 8 1 850 73 9 1 878 68 7 1 745 69 7 1 770 70 1 1 780 61 8 1 570 125 9 3 200 139 9 3 554 Refer to the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the Ib kg o side front and rear WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province
46. 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Fuel containing MMT MMT or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tri carbonyl is an octane boosting additive NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle per formance including the emissions control sys tem Note that while some fuel pumps label MMT content not all do so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of
47. B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two For additional information refer to How to say numbers in this section To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN rec ommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have fi
48. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the rear seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0799 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment refer to Head restraints he
49. For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle In case of emergency 6 11 Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury The automatic engine cooling fan if so we equipped may come on at any time UE battery for without warnin
50. For boosters DO NOT install if the child restraint system base extends past the forward edge of the seat cushion Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat without unfolding the seat extender 1 To access the jump seat extension passen ger s side only on the jump seat pull up To avoid injury to child do not use the on the extension to unfold it to the open lap shoulder belt in the Automatic position Then unfold the two support legs Locking Retractor ALR mode when us and lower the jump seat to the full open ing a booster seat with the seat belts seating position For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straint and Booster seats sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the jump seats 1 68 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is remove
51. Hill start assist system if so equipped 5 40 Rear sonar system RSS if so equipped 5 41 Cold weather Crivind lt s91nentganereeeryeneeeriaiws 5 42 Freeing a frozen door lock Draining of coolant water Tire equipment arcen ss seeaneree te eeerc erases 5 42 Special winter equipment 2 002eee 5 43 Driving ON SNOW OF ICG oscccvenessceackeasaccs 5 43 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 43 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully o
52. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to the dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals WPD0311 Driver s side and Passenger s side if so equipped LOCKING WITH KEY To lock or unlock the vehicle turn the key as shown Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn
53. Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below Are the child s back and hips against the vehicle seatback ls the child able to sit without slouching Do the child s knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor Can the child safely wear the seat belt lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoul der belt across mid chest and shoulder ls the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint headrest Will the child be able to sta
54. System Manual COMING ca oben cudeuewenctanecasonees ax 4 102 if so equipped nctandrecwneecndastunteeyectcaas 4 110 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Using the system ssssannnerrrrrannennn 4 110 Navigation System if so equipped 4 102 System features u c ccc ce eee e eee eeeeaes 4 112 Regulatory Information 0 ccd saedse seesaw deena See 4 104 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System VOICE COMMANGS lt 1 dcacetatcestacsaecigdasans 4 105 voice COMMANOS 224 4nnccscehaceieeadcacae e342 4 112 Connecting Procedure 00ce eee e eens 4 105 Navigation System voice commands 4 113 Vehicle phonebook 224 26442200tebee Rive eed ees 4 105 Audio system voice commands 4 113 Making GCdlicefancaseeacueeeaceeeeeeaeemera a 4 106 Information voice commands 4 114 Receiving a call euvcuess se ecncetadsnteeceueeaes 4 106 My Apps Voice Commands 00 5 4 114 DONG a Call sec tadstpatetsesvecersece tone es 4 106 Help voice commandS lt savewsusseseeiseeseeqes 4 114 Ending a Gall ecrsrrssisrarsedardseis fdd innui 4 106 Troubleshooting guide 22 00 05 4 115 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or m
55. The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the 7S button to the OFF position The indicator light on the gt button will go off 2 Press the id air flow control button 3 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield F l 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Whenthe position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C If the air flow control button is selected for more than 1 minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is used to turn off the compressor even if the air flow control dial is turned to a position other than the 7 position This dehu midifies the air which helps defog the wind shield TheV amp gt mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow a
56. Touch the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Select First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Select Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Select to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Select to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Recog nition System Text Messaging Select to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text Select to toggle text notification on or off Auto Reply Select to toggle auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Select to choose a message that is sent when the auto reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Select to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Select the predefined messages that are used by the system 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition
57. affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Once seat belt pretensioner s have ac tivated they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the driver s and passenger s front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light The warning light located on the instrument panel will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light will not
58. at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied WSD0154 5 speed Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed LSD0148 6 speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely On the 5 speed manual transmission model you cannot shift directly from the 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then in to R Reverse after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 First shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 First If your vehicle is equipped with 4 wheel drive refer to Transfer case shifting procedures in this section Suggested up shift soeeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel eco
59. attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 LRS0673 Rear facing step 5 5 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS Crew C
60. brake fully applied Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Seat lifter driver s seat Lumbar support driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or The lumbar support feature provides adjustable down to adjust the angle and height of the seat lower back support to the driver Move the lever cushion forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR BENCH SEAT if so equipped The rear bench seat is non adjustable However the seats can be folded up and folded to lay flat For additional information refer to Flexible seat ing in this section JUMP SEAT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use a child restraint in the driv er s side jump seat This seating posi tion is not suitable for child restraint installation A child restraint can be in stalled in the passenger s side jump seat when the seat extension is un folded from the seat base When folding the jump seat be careful not to squeeze your finger between the seat cushion and the body side ARMREST if so equipped To use the center armrest on the rear bench seat pull on the tab in the center of the seat and fold it down to the resting position FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these a
61. can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a Significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more
62. cases lf the vehicle equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS lf the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered f the wheel is not originally specified by NISSAN FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Starting and driving 5 5 NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipa
63. certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Fastening the seat belts jump seats 2 King Cab models 1 Open the jump seat For additional informa tion refer to Seats in this section Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The jump seat position s three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during c
64. chains on a snow covered road BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION During braking while driving through turns the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain controllability but can not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving tech niques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cor nering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully The active trace control and brake force distribution systems may not be effec tive depending on the driving condition Always drive carefully and attentively Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the VDC warning light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur
65. climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE knob to choose a letter or number and then press the ENTER AUDIO button The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle H8 Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on the screen For additional information refer to How to use the touch screen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either Press the CS wheel or Touch the CS icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either Press the wheel or button on the steering button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option
66. compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display FOLDER MP3 or WMA Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names
67. connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to replace an existing phone pairing with a new phone The system will keep all voice tags assigned to your phonebook Bluetooth OFF Use the Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice Is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the C6 than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND f button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage button for more 5 Press the C6 For additional information on selecting a dif ferent language re
68. controls LICO766 ft ARR 7 666 05 ARDS KIERA REEN COS OX G2 ORR OANA UI LIC0821 Rear row under seat storage bin King Cab model CESTO PYY XXXIX XYXX KXXXKX RX ROR RR NVRR HARRY 46606606606 pee LOCC PEO YY XY xy XX KK KX XX KX XXX ONO INNY XXX VA ANIS RY is paty A m RO i XK a A NONN VOWS Ne 0 PERKS RRR KY XXX Ke LICO820 Rear row under seat storage bin Crew Cab model Instruments and controls 2 41 UNDER SEAT STORAGE BINS AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The cargo restrained in the under seat storage bins must not exceed the weight limits listed below or the bins may not stay secured In a sudden stop or collision the unsecured bins could cause personal injury King Cab model 16 Ib 7 25 kg Crew Cab model Driver s side 16 Ib 7 25 kg Passenger s side 25 Ib 11 33 kg If the under seat storage bins are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident 2 42 Instruments and controls Do not place sharp objects in the under seat storage bins Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle
69. coolant 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Corrosion protection oaoa aa 7 5 Cruise control a s sana iwe a a e eee i 5 21 Cup holders s a e a emaa eed ER Qe ad 2 45 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 82 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 31 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster Rear window defroster switch 2 28 Dimensions and weights 9 10 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 32 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 Door lockS 6 2 6 405 e Bie a a AES 3 3 Door open warning light 2 17 DOOS i 4 8 ae be oo ek Ae ee eG 3 3 Drive belt 6 ob o a a a Ae 8 19 Driving Cold weather driving Driving with automatic transmission Driving with manual transmission Precautions when starting and driving Driving the vehicle Economy fuel 026 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch Emission control information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Block heater 004 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 0200 4 Changing engine coolant Changing engine oil Changing engine ollfilter Checking engine coolant level Checking
70. cre ea OMONE 7 936 Ib 3 600 kg 11 230 Ib 5 094 kg 11 230 Ib 5 094 kg 11 230 Ib 5 094 kg 11 230 Ib 5 094 kg 30sq feet 2 78 sq meters Maximum trailer frontal area 1 The towing capacity is calculated using the SAE International SAE J2807 test method Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg 2 The maximum towing capacity when using the Genuine NISSAN step bumper as a ball mount is 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg and 350 Ib 158 kg tongue load 3 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ibs Technical and consumer information 9 29 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from a NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch C
71. current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next En try or Previous Entry to move through the list alphabetically Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls Incoming Speak this command to list the last five incoming calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the incoming call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of incoming calls Missed Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle If the call is from an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise the phone number of the missed call will be displayed Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of missed calls Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 Outgoing Speak this command to list the last five outgoing calls from the vehicle If the call was to an entry in the phonebook the name will be displayed Otherwise th
72. device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operat
73. disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel 1 Volume control switch 2 MODE select switch 3 Tuning switch MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM1 FM2 XM1 satellite radio if so equipped XM2 satellite radio if so equipped XM3 satellite radio if so equipped CD gt USB iPod if so equipped Bluetooth Au dio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Al Menu control switch ENTER button While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 sec
74. el aie Chano lant 8 10 RODICCING secneuntemesorsae hace saue ee E et 8 23 anging engine coolant 2 05 i Blakes aaeeea a a epee ENE 8 24 ENOS Oaar EEDS EE 8 11 Checki l l PUSS 6500506 iner EAEE EA A e E ase S 8 25 ecking engine oil level 8 11 Ena l ngine compartment sca se caacaewnseneueadea ad 8 25 Changing engine oil a vec nigvocseeseeewsanes des 8 12 i ape Passenger compartment 0 00 ee eens 8 26 Changing engine oil filter 0 00 005 8 13 od Battery replacement 0 0 cece eee eee 8 28 S speed auroa transmission fluid ATF Key fob if so equipped 0 0 c cece eee es 8 28 if so equipped 6 6 oe LightS 00 ccccccccececeeececseeeeeeeueeeneres 8 29 Power steering MUldiateecgurntestedusgoeesucaeee se 8 15 HeadlightS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 99 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid 8 15 Fog lights if so equipped 0es eee e ee 8 30 Brake fluid 6 6c cece ence eee ees 8 15 Exterior and interior lights 005 8 31 Clutch if so equipped fluid 6 sees 8 16 Wheels and tires 0 0 0 0 cece cece e eee e eee eeee 8 34 Windshield washer fluid lt usec wn man wake we wwenes 8 16 Tire PreSSUre nuunuu aouu eee eee e cece e eee es 8 34 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 16 Tite ADON tacuctcyewenvess eau cowexnemntaxd 8 38 Bae osc netic snet E E E A E NEEE EEEE 8 17 Types
75. excess of 60 mph remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission See a NISSAN dealer for more information VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle There are two options to recover a stuck vehicle pulling and rocking For additional information regarding these options please refer to the fol lowing sections Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in
76. facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat if available Crew Cab models Studies show that children are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger For additional informat
77. follow ing information and ensure that the camper meets the specifications This information may not apply to some Canada model vehicles SPECIAL BODY VEHICLES Some vehicles are equipped with commercial or camper bodies However this Owner s Manual does not cover these options For additional in formation refer to the body manufacturer s in struction manual Technical and consumer information 9 23 Recommended cargo center of gravity location LOCATION FOR CENTER OF GRAVITY The illustration indicates the cargo center of gravity location King Cab L1 41 5 in 1 054 mm recommended AWARNING Improper loading may be dangerous If a load is too far back it can affect handling characteristics If a load is too far forward the front axle may be overloaded 9 24 Technical and consumer information Camper center of gravity l we Recommended cargo center of gravity location When the truck is used to carry a slide in camper the total cargo load of the truck consists of the camper manufacturer s weight figure plus the weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the camper manufacturer s weight figure the weight of camper cargo and the weight of occupants in the camper The total cargo load should not exceed the truck s pay load weight rating and the camper s center of gravity should fall within the truck s recommended center of gravity location when installe
78. for a trailer brake adapter harness AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake op eration between the tow vehicle and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking sys tems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module If electric trailer brakes are used refer to Electric trailer brake controller in this section Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an af
79. for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual TAILGATE Opening the tailgate Pull the tailgate handle upward and lower the tailgate The support cables hold the tailgate open When closing the tailgate make sure the latches are securely locked Do not drive the vehicle with the tailgate down unless equipped with NISSAN s Bed Extender accessory or equivalent in the extended position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 For additional information on proper truck box loading refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a colli sion people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Disconnecting the rear camera if so equipped Before removing the tailgate disconnect the rear camera by performing the following 1 Open the tailgate to access the rear camera connector bracket 1 located on the rear sill 2 Remove the connector bracket from the
80. in formation refer to Engine oil in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do So cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Instruments and controls 2 17 KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is also displayed in the odometer When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all four tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loa
81. in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped
82. in wheel rotation is large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine Is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per 2 seconds Change the AWD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation have your ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD
83. in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury A CAUTION e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission vehicles stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission vehicles stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N po sition with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 25 TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES The part time 4WD system provides 3 positions 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions 2WD or 4WD shift procedure AWD Shift Wheels Indicator Light ary Move the 4WD switch Rese wheels Eq For driving on dry paved roads 2WD lt gt 4H Uma Economy drive AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged ee For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads N
84. is CD MP3 display mode being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Ran Random Mix dom or alternates between Random Folder and Random All This text will appear on the display To cancel Random Mix mode touch the Random or Mix key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder This text will appear on the display To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until the key is no longer highlighted Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin Browse playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Fol low the procedure for selecting a song with the touch screen to choose a folder 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems dq gt gt I SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the 44 or PPI seek buttons for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being playe
85. is involved in a collision To access the under seat storage bins For King Cab model lift up the jump seat Refer to Jump seat in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual For Crew Cab model lift up the rear bench seat Refer to Folding the rear bench seat down in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual To remove the under seat storage bins 1 Remove the storage net 2 Turn the knobs to the UNLOCK position 2 3 Remove the tray by lifting it out of the stor age bin King Cab model To install the under seat storage bins 1 Position the under seat storage bin so the holes line up with the holes in the floorboard 2 Insert the knobs and turn them to the LOCK position GLOVE BOX To open the top portion of the glove box push the latch up and raise the lid To open the lower portion of the glove box pull the handle down and lower the lid A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop A CAUTION e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun gt glasses holder while parking in direct di Io sunlight The heat may damage the PA sunglasses e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses i woo WG Se oe SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARN
86. light e if the indicator light _ is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released If the indicator light C blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Instruments and controls 2 55 Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the learn or smart but ton 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for 2 seconds and release Repeat the oress hold release sequence up to three times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 lf you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink but tons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 2 56 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENE
87. light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed 5 22 Starting and driving The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal if so equipped while pushing the ACCEL RES or COAST SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 mph 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift lever to N Neu tral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods De
88. light up if the seat is not occupied For additional information refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the
89. like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected If a phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are available Call a name Speak the name of the contact in which you are trying to call System will confirm correct contact Say Dial to initiate dialing Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads
90. low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message Is displayed in the odometer when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated until the tires are inflated to the recommended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated For additional information refer to Check tire pressure warning message in the Instruments and controls section of this manual The CHECK TIRE PRES warning is not dis played if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the lo
91. maximum hot and fan control to high speed In case of emergency 6 13 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 14 Incase of emergency 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all jurisdictional and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are gen erally familiar with t
92. may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry key fob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the key fob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The key fob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as five key fobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional key fobs contact a NISSAN dealer The key fob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the key fob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the key fob Do not allow the key fob which con tains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the key fob e Do not strike the key fob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the key fob Wetting may damage the key fob If the key fob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry
93. messages displayed in both the ve hicle information display and the center display screen Select None to have no display of incoming text messages Edit Custom Messages Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message To set a custom message send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is connected to the system Three custom messages can be set Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 Auto Reply Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func tion When enabled the vehicle will auto matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving Auto Reply Message Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled Choose from I m Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the system Vehicle Signature On Off Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes sages from the vehicle This message can not be changed or customized MANUAL CONTROL While using the Voice Recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands To activate manual control mode press the PHONE SEND 4 button on the steering wheel to access the phone menu and then press eith
94. nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys tem itis possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To re activate NISSAN Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END 4 button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND h button will start the Hands Free Phone System 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the NISSAN Voice Recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Op tions when manual controls are initially ac tivated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The sys
95. not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For additional information re fer to the Fuel Recommendation in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will be displayed if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is dis played may cause the C Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off afte
96. not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the g indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indica tor and light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the ft and 8 indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the g indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire
97. of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported a MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions WMA WMA7 WMAS WMAS Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 78 Kops 102 Kops VER Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters ey aa 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 Play UNICODE UTE 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
98. of tires nuunuu nunnana an 8 40 Jump Iain eese tei sanr enea E 8 18 Tire chains nunana nn anann ananena 8 41 Variable voltage control system 8 19 Changing wheels and tires 00 05 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performi
99. on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 WRS0681 Forward facing step 7 7 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 9 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 9 WRS0475 Forward facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passen
100. on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats AWARNING The pretensioner s cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner s are not ac tivated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if neces sary replaced by a NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner s Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 83 If you need to dispose of the preten sioner s or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pr
101. or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are three types of drive modes available 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD 4H and 4LO To change into or out of 4LO the vehicle MUST be stationary shift the shift lever to Neutral N and for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal or for manual transmission vehicles depress the clutch pedal The switch must be depressed and turned when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpect edly move even if the automatic trans mission is in the P position 5 28 Starting and driving The 4LO indicator light must stop blink ing and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the shift lever is shifted from the N position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the ve hicle may move unexpectedly A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 mph 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4L
102. or USB to the vehicle For additional information on connecting your phone refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System or Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section NOTE For vehicles with navigation Apple iPhones REQUIRE the phone to be plugged in via USB for NissanConnect Apps to function For vehicles without Navigation Apple iPhones must be paired via Bluetooth for NissanConnect Apps to function NOTE For Android phones NissanConnect Apps REQUIRES the phone to be paired via Bluetooth APPLICATION DOWNLOAD Once connected the NissanConnect Mobile App will search your phone to determine which compatible applications are currently installed The user will then choose which apps they want to bring into their vehicle from the list of apps within the Manage My Apps section of the NissanConnect Mobile App on their smartphone The vehicle will then download the in vehicle interface for each of these compatible applications Once downloaded the user can access their selected smartphone applications through the vehicle display For additional information on application availability visit www nissanusa com connect or www canada nissanconnect com Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 SIRI EYES FREE if so equipped Apple Siri personal assistant can be accessed from the vehicle Siri can be accessed in Siri
103. or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION oe LTI0085 LT10130 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER QR25DE engine VIN PLATE The VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration Technical and consumer information 9 11 0 __ _ TILAA EEA A ay gt Wie ea I a LTI0127 VQ40DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as GVWR GAWR month and year of manufacture VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE LABEL LABEL if so equipped PLATE WITH GROMMETS The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed as Use the following steps to mount the front license
104. perform the following procedure to return the transfer case to correct operating condition 1 Turn off the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF 2 Start the engine Check that the 4WD warning light turns off If the 4WD warning light illuminates have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 Apply the parking brake for automatic transmission vehicles depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to Neutral position For manual transmission vehicles move the shift lever to Neutral position 4 With the brake pedal depressed on automatic transmission vehicles or with the clutch pedal depressed on manual transmission vehicles move the AWD shift switch to desired mode Be sure to wait until the transfer gear change completes before shifting the shift lever from Neutral position While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light will also turn on when 4LO is selected For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in this section Starting and driving 5 27 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD
105. playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER AUDIO button If no character is selected after 2 seconds the display returns to normal 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Bluetooth Bass Treble Balance Fade Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the ENTER SETTING button 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the
106. proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 percent If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 percent reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings Trailer frontal area A CAUTION Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis tance while towing Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the Towing Load Specification chart The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer For example a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION PF King Cab 2WD 4 cyl King Cab 2WD 6 cyl King Cab 4WD 6 cyl Crew Cab 2WD Crew Cab 4WD a 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg 6 500 Ib 2 949 kg 6 300 Ib 2 858 kg 6 300 Ib 2 858 kg 6 100 Ib 2 767 kg WD Maximum Tongue Load 2 3 350 Ib 158 kg 650 lb 295 kg 630 Ib 285 kg 630 Ib 285 kg 610 lb 276 kg
107. recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE QR25DE VQ40DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder in line 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 3 760 x 3 622 95 5 x 92 Displacement cu in cm 151 82 2 488 241 30 3 954 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed M T A T in N Neutral position Refer to the Emission control information label on the underside of the hood Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug Standard PLZKAR6A 11 DILFR5A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel Type Steel Steel Aluminum Aluminum Tires Spare tire Steel Alloy Offset in mm 1 18 80 1 18 80 1 18 80 1 18 80 Size 15 x 6 55 16 x 7JJ 16 x 7J 18 x 7 55 Size 235 75R15 265 70R16 265 75R16 265 60R18 Size Full size Full size 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Short wheel base Long wheel base Overall width Overall height With roof rack Without roof rack S and SV l 4 King Cab models SV DR and Pro
108. serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 34 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 17 MEMO 6 18 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior f5 0Zinsnn dene rnern 7 2 Air fresheners 22 econ tuneveccwas tie de cn deeeedic 7 4 WVSSUING aeurintedeaewannhevenetanwexpeweeenes 7 2 Floor mats if so equipped 0 0 c eee 7 4 WWEXING a aaa a a wee wen er enek wa 2 Seat belis cannes Whene diver seoeiataeuseoeereay ss 7 5 REMOVING SPOG coc asot ea nie aE i EA 7 3 Cor OSiOn proletliOns scs acicersi diiran etnines 7 5 UndorD
109. shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb Starting and driving 5 33 e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key 5 34 Starting and driving POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If
110. sill by pressing the locking tab inward in the direction shown while pulling the bracket apart Disconnect the chassis wiring harness by pressing inward on the locking tab in the direction shown while pulling the connec tors apart Hold the connector firmly to pre vent the connector in the chassis harness from falling into the sill Take the chassis plug and bracket from the glove box and connect them to the chassis wiring harness to avoid contamination to the terminals which will lead to malfunction of the rear camera Insert the bracket back into the sill 6 Take the tailgate plug from the glove box and connect it to the tailgate wiring harness to avoid contamination which will lead to mal function of the rear camera Remove the tailgate For additional informa tion refer to Removing the tailgate in this section Installing the tailgate Insert the tailgate into the left side hinge Hold the tailgate at a 15 degree angle and insert into the right side hinge Continue to hold the tailgate at a 15 degree angle and attach the tailgate support cables 4 Close the tailgate securely Removing the tailgate 1 Release the tailgate support cables A CAUTION e The tailgate is heavy Two people should remove or install it Be careful not to drop it during removal e After releasing the support cables do not let the tailgate rest on the bumper 2 Hold the tailgate at a
111. switch P 5 10 Tilt steering wheel control if so equipped P 3 13 Cargo lamp switch P 2 33 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 37 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 35 i 1 Warning and indicator lights 7 Odometer Outside mirror controls if so equipped o Tachometer Twin trip odometer if so equipped P 3 17 3 Speedometer Trip computer if so equipped 4 Fuel gauge 8 Engine oil pressure gauge 5 Change reset button if so equipped 6 Voltmeter if so equipped 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer Twin trip odometer if so equipped Trip computer if so equipped 3 Change reset button The vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster The odometer is located in the trip computer Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle is driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 123 129 129 E LIC0780 With twin trip odometer Changing the display For vehicles equipped with twin trip odometer pressing the change reset button changes the disp
112. switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key removed until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position If the shift lever is not returned to P Park posi tion the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 10 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ON positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the ignition switch When the ignition is in th
113. system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the i button and after the tone say Call Redial Pps INFORMATION SiriusXM Traffic e SiriusXM Travel Link Voice E My Apps B Commands Settings CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the asm button on the control panel 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4 Touch the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For additional information refer to the Bluetooth device s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Touch the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling Monitor
114. text messages Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the Apple iPhone is connected by Bluetooth Check if Siri is enabled on the device On your phone go to Settings gt General gt Siri Cannot access Siri from Confirm Siri can be accessed from device lock screen On your phone go to Settings gt Touch ID amp Passcode or Passcode on some older devices switch on the steering wheel Scroll down to Allow Access When Locked section Confirm the setting for Siri activation on the audio headunit If the setting is Long Press a press and hold of 1 5 seconds on the steering wheel switch is required to start Siri If the setting is Short Press a short press and release of the switch should start Siri Audio Source does not For best results use the native Music app Performance of music control function while using Podcasts Audiobook or other 3rd party music apps may change automatically to vary iPod or Bluetooth Audio For best results play media already stored on your device Streaming music or playback from cloud storage may degrade performance mode Check other audio sources manually by pressing the Source button on the radio or steering wheel switch Play pause next track previ For best results use the native Music app Performance of music control function while using Podcasts Audiobook or other 3rd party musi
115. that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode Is automatically selected and the digits blink in or der to draw the drivers attention Press the change reset button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning oc curred The dte mark will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average fuel consumption Mpg or I 100km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change reset button for more than approximately 1 second The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Average speed mph or km h The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since last reset Resetting is done by pressing the change reset button for more than approximat
116. that designated seating position is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 Raise Lower To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi the head restraint headrest down tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi before riding in that designated seating position tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS AWARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The active head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by redu
117. the Siri function 1 Connect an Siri enabled iPhone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section 2 After the Bluetooth connection is estab lished switch operation select screen is dis played 3 Select Short Press or Long Press for the Siri activation Switch action can also be changed from the 2 After reading the message push or push Bluetooth setting menu For additional informa and hold the f switch to reply by Siri i f BI th settings in thi tion MOU TERTIO RINSIOG E gets ye reme 3 After the Siri beep say Text message or a OPERATING SIRI EYES FREE similar command to reply to Siri After starting Siri the user may push lt switch on the steering wheel again within 5 sec onds of the end of Siri announcement to extend the session 1 Push or push and hold the f switch on the steering wheel 2 Speak your command and then listen to Siri to reply Example 1 Playing music 1 Push or push and hold the fi switch on the steering wheel 2 Say Play lt music gt for example Play The Smiths 3 Your vehicle will automatically change to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode when the music starts playing Example 2 Replying to text messages 1 If a compatible iPhone is connected and Show Notifications on the iPhone settings is enabled the vehicle will display a notifica tion for new incoming
118. the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effe
119. the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury CARGO LAMP SWITCH To turn on the cargo lamp push the switch down to the ON position A CAUTION Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will go dead Instruments and controls 2 33 HEATED SEATS if so equipped LIC1041 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off 2 34 Instruments and controls AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri ous injury A CAUTION e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket c
120. the key toward the rear LPDO240 Driver s side Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all the doors Turning the key 1 time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LPD0298 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0381 Driver s side LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door opens all doors will l
121. the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the
122. the system refer to Connecting procedure in this section Delete Phone or Device Select to delete a phone from the displayed list The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone Replace Phone Select to replace a phone from the displayed list When a selection is made the system will ask to confirm before proceeding The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phone s phonebook is the same as the old phone s phonebook Select Phone Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list Show Incoming Calls Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in formation display Select Both to have in coming Call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Phonebook Download Select to turn on or off the automatic down load of a connected phone s phonebook Text Message Select to turn on or off the vehicle s text messaging feature New Text Sound Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when anew text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted Show Incoming Text Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle infor mation display Select Both to have incom ing text
123. the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged if so equipped For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four whee
124. then 45 or loads greater than 150 Ibs header and floor channels or 200 Ibs side channels may cause dam age to the channel or bed Technical and consumer information 9 21 1 correct installation 2 incorrect installation AWARNING Do not install accessories over the gap between the front and rear side channels Doing this could affect the rear structure in certain rear impacts which could result in serious injury 9 22 Technical and consumer information LT10123 A CAUTION Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to prevent it from sliding or shifting Use the channel end stoppers to help se cure items in the channels from sliding off the end of the truck bed Channel end stoppers if so equipped The channel end stoppers should be used to help prevent accessories installed in the channels from sliding or shifting off the end of the truck bed They must be installed so they are properly seated in the detents in the channel Install the channels end stoppers as follows 1 Remove the channel protectors by sliding them out the back of the truck bed Properly store the channel protectors 2 Loosen the bolt on the center of the end stopper with the provided wrench and insert it into the channel 3 Position the end stopper to the desired lo cation on the channel so the nubs on the bottom of the end stopper fully seat into the channel detents 4 Tighten the bolt on the center of the end stopp
125. this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing
126. tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute The CHECK TIRE PRES warn ing message is not displayed if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Con tact a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 mph 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional information refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Kh Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever th
127. to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross Trailer Weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing Capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight
128. to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s screen during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Notifications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit Please consult your phone s Ow
129. transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mis
130. volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the ve hicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed AUX Volume Level AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Quiet Medium and High Loud Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the AUDIO button and turning the TUNE knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the AUDIO button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SXM settings To view the SXM settings 1 Press the asm button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the SXM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown o
131. warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not chang
132. with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle shoul
133. would be advanta geous Starting and driving 5 15 Do not downshift into the 3 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 3 position 2WD 99 mph 160 km h 4H 93 mph 150 km h 4LO 34 mph 55 km h 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD 62 mph 100 km h 4H 59 mph 95 km h 4LO 21 mph 35 km h 5 16 Starting and driving 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD 37 mph 60 km h 4H 37 mph 60 km h 4LO 12 mph 20 km h Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever release the shift lock The shift lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position for models with a steering lock mechanism This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release compl
134. your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Befor
135. 0 2nd 92 35 3rd 32 51 4th 43 70 5th 55 89 6th 5 20 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release LE 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES COAST SET 3 F ON OFF 4 PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch ON OFF switch If the cruise
136. 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 26 f B XXXXXXXXKX D XX Smart Favorites Preset Setup if so equipped The Smart Favorites feature allows the user to designate presets within the SXM1 SXM2 and SXM3 bands as their Smart Favorites When any of the Smart Favorite presets are selected the current track on that station will play from the beginning of the song To program a Smart Favorite preset 1 Press the SXM button 2 Touch the Setup key 3 Touch the Tune Start key to activate ON or deactivate OFF Smart Favorites 4 Touch the Add Preset key to select an available preset For additional information refer to 1 to 6 station memory operations in this section regarding pre set memory options NOTE Smart Favorites will start functioning only after the audio unit is turned on for a few minutes Tune Start is supported for music chan nels only REPLAY sxui ps chi4 mt xxx A XXXX Raney XXXX et Replay Screen Th
137. 2 4 34 Heater operation 4 18 4 25 4 34 Hill descent control switch 2 35 Hill descent control system 5 40 Hill start assist system 5 40 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 54 2 55 2 56 2 57 Hood release 000 ee eee 3 10 FROM a ce ch oe ee ee A ee a 2 33 l ONION SWITOR s s a ssai a we BO a a A 5 10 Immobilizer system 2 25 5 12 Important vehicle information label 9 12 In cabin microfilter 005 8 292 Increasing fuel economy 5 24 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 9 14 2 15 2 20 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 15 inside MINOT a w e u oo eao a ee ew a 3 15 Instrument brightness control 2 32 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 32 Interior light a Se oc he eae ee eh we we 2 52 iPod Player sonu ae Bae ee tas 4 63 4 65 ISOFIX child restraints 1 29 J J mp seal s a ge eas ee es we Oe eRe oe ew 1 7 Jump starting amp fr kee oh he ard e a 6 11 8 18 K C EELER EEEE ee Oe ee E 3 2 Key fob battery replacement 8 28 8 28 Keyless entry Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry system 3 7 Keys NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 13 C M V S S certification label
138. 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants a a aaa aaa 9 2 Fueleconomy oaaae 5 24 Fuel gauge ks ke e am Ore a 2 7 Fuel octane rating aaoo aaa 9 6 Fuel recommendation a oaaao aaa 9 5 Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 11 Fuel Cell Vehicle FCV System Tire POSSUIGe os new wee be GE 8 34 Fuel filler door a aoaaa amp Made dw ow 5 3 11 Fuel gauge 2 ee ee ee es 2 7 FUSES 2 ye 8 Gee Se So oe ee ee eee 8 25 PUSIDIG HWAKS seess ra A oe amp Se he oe Ee 8 26 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 54 2 55 2 56 2 57 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Fuel gauge 64468 oe oe ne Eee 2 7 Odometer 24 6 4 8 ae ade BE ae es 2 4 Speedometer 000 000s 2 4 Tachometer sacs wine codon i Swe A 2 6 Trip computer 2a da of we o oh oe el 2 9 Trip odometer 6 ae ne we ae 2 4 VOITEET a a ys a GH e ana 6S ed Bok we a 2 8 General maintenance 8 2 GIOVE POX 2 5 5 65 Bt eck xe So Som 2 43 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 77 4 92 4 102 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Headlights 222644 cee Rem eames we 8 29 Head restraints 0 0 0 a a ee 1 10 Heated seats 0 0 0 0 eee eee 2 34 Heater Heater and air conditioner COMMOIS w aon Go oe Se Se 4 16 4 2
139. 2 9 Compass and outside temperature display if so equipped acheive re ceceencense xdeeauwacaame 2 10 Outside temperature display n anaana nanana 2 11 COMPASS eaa a ee eer 2 11 Warning lights indicator lights and audible FGMINGGIS u eean eE EEE EEA 2 14 Checking lights lt i s lt 00 eciaeeetgndeneuaeeaena 2 15 Waning MOMS accectestueet cee test eseceeen nat 2 15 Mdicator IN Ste ote ce eee ye eee cena ae 2 20 Audible reminders 000 cece eee eens 2 24 Security systems if so equipped 000 ee 2 24 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 24 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system if so equipped an2ccccecentesucetanwesntaonces 2 25 Wiper and washer switch 22 s0s2ssc00eesusweeren de 2 27 Switch operation wu nk aneer ea xeovn ech arrra 2 27 Rear window or outside mirror defroster switch if so equipped 1 6 kee cece eens 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 000 cece eee ee 2 29 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 31 Instrument brightness Control 005 2 32 Turn signal switch ecc risrcisiiisrsrennei reaus 2 32 Fog light switch if so equipped 4 2 33 POM 6c ee sy caters enseeeeeten takes ci aeieesecs a 2 33 Cargo lamp SWiChivcsnanadewte pedeea hddeaeeneeacs 2 33 Heated seats if so equipped ce eee eee 2 34 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 35 Hill de
140. 3 6 DOOnIOGK es 6 004 613 2 ana Oe edn a 3 3 Power door locks aie a nee amp he ee wa 3 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 11 Low fuel warning light 2 17 Low tire pressure warning light 2 18 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 19 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 47 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 14 Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Maintenance requirements 8 2 Malfunction indicator light 2 21 Manual front seat adjustment aa naaa 1 3 Manual windowS aoaaa aaa 2 50 Map TINS lt i sisom aodo eb opia a a 2 54 Map pocket aoaaa a a 2 44 Meters and gauges noaoae 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 32 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 15 Inside mirror 2 Gx ewe ee wed wo 3 15 Outside mirrors 1 02 00 eee 3 16 Vanity MOP so i ee ee a Se eS 3 14 NANOS a aos a do ea eeeee Mee we eee ee 3 15 Mobile ADDS vss ea Ge a ald eo Mew ole 8 4 73 Moonroof 4 8 4 his 2 ee eS S ee ew ES 2 51 N NissanConnect s ace date reiceas 4 73 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 25 5 12 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 110 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 6 Od
141. 4 59 B Back button 226 b a we oe ee ee ew 4 7 Battery aa 5 42 8 17 Charge warning light 2 17 Battery replacement Keyfob 8 28 8 28 Before starting the engine 5 12 Belt See drive belt 8 19 Block heater ENOG ss e e Oa a 8 ot ee A 5 43 Bluetooth audio 4 68 4 69 Bluetooth hands free phone SYSTEM 6 24 ss to Sa wee oa 4 77 4 92 4 102 Boosterseats 20000 1 65 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 35 Brake fluid 020004 8 15 Brake light See stop light 8 31 Brake system 200 5 34 Brake warning light 2 16 Brake wear indicators 2 24 8 24 Parking brake operation 5 20 Self adjusting brakes 8 24 Brake fluid sa amp sa oie ex S aig be oe Re A 8 15 Blakes 22 eee See ewe eae oe as 8 24 Brake system 0 0002 eee 5 34 Break in schedule 5 23 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Brightness control Instrument panel aaau aaa wee Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement a aoaaa aaa Cc Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Cargo light switch 04 2 33 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 14 Carphone orCBradio 4 77 CD care andcleaning 4 70 CD player See audio system 4 46 4 51 4 58 Check tire press 2 ee 2 5 Child restraints 1 24 1 25 1 2
142. 6 1 29 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 00005 1 29 Precautions on child restraints 1 27 1 38 1 54 1 65 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 32 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 31 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 24 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Clock set eke Wee ee oe ew So we 4 45 Clock set adjustment 4 4 7 Clock setting models with Navigation System 4 7 Clock setting models without Navigation SVS CN soo ae be ee A 4 45 4 49 Clutch CIUtch tid 2 amp wae 6 eek oe amp ed wae S 8 16 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 9 37 C M V S S certification label 9 12 Cold weather driving 5 42 Compact disc CD player 4 46 4 51 4 58 Compass display 2 4s20 02s ee wes 2 11 Connect phone 2 0008 4 73 Console box 2 2 00 0 e eee eee 2 40 Control panel buttons 4 4 10 2 Back button ad a o a aod ao a a ce Hho 4 7 Brightness contrast button 4 9 Enter BUNON ss s s as wa am Sone med 4 4 Setting DUON aa e ca saa Se eh a a 4 7 With navigation system 4 4 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 71 Heater and air conditioner controls aoaaa 4 16 4 22 4 34 Coolant Capacities and recommended f el l bricants se eaa aserne eas 5 9 2 Changing engine
143. 9 14 Vehicle load capacity 022022 eee 9 15 Securing the load csc car sin daw eaviracied eee waned Utili track channel system if so equipped LOGGING DS ceateuseuseeucmieeehacnsnteadeees Truck camper loading information 005 Crew cab models s206 sc0heeeeeeeesaenncaned Kng Cab MOdE S p40 niaieed satu ae pioniers iuri Special Body vehicles 0 00 c cca e eee ees Location for center of gravity Vehicle load weight capacity 0 Measurement of weights 22 5 TOWING a taloi acest caeeteasedeserseds Edaran eee Maximum load MINNIS ccc sgicdn duced cnt eetacen en Towing load specification 00 eee eee TOWING safety 22 dads deees eee re iret aaseesecuea Flat towing for 4 Wheel drive vehicle if so equipped x2nnewau sa tcncseeeueede scene Flat towing for rear wheel drive vehicle if SO equipped 6 2 cece cece eee eee eens Uniform tire quality grading 0 005 Emission control system warranty 0 Reporting safety defects 0c cece eee eee ee Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test Event Data Recorders EDR 0cceeeeeaes Owner s Manual Service Manual order information RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described
144. ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rota tion speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from lock ing the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spin ning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Starting and driving 5 35 A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or w
145. ER SETTING button again to display the Contrast settings Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Press the ENTER SETTING button to com plete the adjustment Do not adjust the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 For vehicles with Navigation System 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 9 Press the 2 button on the control panel 3 The screen will display the Night settings 4 Turn the TUNE knob to adjust the setting up or down 5 Press the 4 2 button again to access the Auto settings 6 Turn the TUNE knob to adjust the setting up or down e Do not adjust the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is mov ing REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS AWARNING Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor d
146. Eyes Free mode to reduce user distraction In this mode Siri is available for interaction by voice After connecting a compatible Apple device by Bluetooth Siri can be activated from the switch on the steering wheel Some Siri functions such as displaying pic tures or opening apps may not be available while driving For getting best results always update your device to the latest software version Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly For functions that can be used in Siri please refer to the Apple website REQUIREMENTS Siri is only available on the iPhone 4S or later Devices released before iPhones 4S are not compatible with the Siri Eyes Free System Visit www apple com ios siri for details about device compatibility Siri must be enabled on the phone Please check phone settings If the device has a lock screen Siri must be accessible from the lock screen Please check phone settings For best results always update your device to the latest software version 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SIRI ACTIVATION Siri function can be activated by pushing lt switch on the steering wheel The button opera tion for activating Siri function must be selected before using
147. For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear For addi tional information on wheel off set di mensions refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual Sin
148. G The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not al low anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out board seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 75 AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 76 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats 1 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag inflators 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bags Air bag Control Unit ACU Supplemental front impact air bag modules Crash zone sensor Occupant classification system contr
149. GHTS HEADLIGHTS The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb A bulb can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Removing the headlight bulb 1 Open the hood 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of the bulb 4 Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclock wise until it is free from the headlig
150. HB5 28W8W 194 H11 3156AK 3157KK 921 912 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information The bulb is not serviceable in vehicle See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 i Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Map lights if so equipped Room light High mounted stop light Cargo light License plate light Rear combination light Fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly eS ef Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover using a cloth and suitable tool 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself LDIO478 WDI0206 WDI0300 Map lights if so equipped Room light Rear combination light Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 WDI0411 License plate light 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is dis played in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated TPMS will activate only when the
151. HICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information Instruments and controls 2 57 FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 2 58 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments RG ican nee se ee eee AE E eee nese etneeeees 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys if so equipped cusementeancencehedsuctecensanes 3 2 DOO aaen E eee ene
152. How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuin
153. ING e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the drivers view and to help prevent an accident Instruments and controls 2 43 LIC0825 MAP POCKETS Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped 2 44 instruments and controls A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WIC0827 SEATBACK POCKET if so equipped Front A seatback pocket may be located on the back of CUP HOLDERS the driver s seat The pocket may be used to store The front cup holders have adapters that can be maps removed to accommodate larger cups AWARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Instruments and controls 2 45 WIC0771 Rear seat rear of front console To open the rear row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid If stepped on the cup holder is designed to snap loose from the console To re install close the cup holder assembly and push it back into the console opening To fold the rear seat back first close the cup holder 2 46 Instruments and controls LICO784 Bottle holder front row A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thr
154. ION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 3 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to either the P Park or R Reverse position while the vehicle is moving forward and P Park or D Drive position while the vehicle is re versing This could cause an accident or damage the transmission Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control 5 14 Starting and driving A CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating proc
155. ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the LRS2522 LATCH system lower anchor locations King Cab models child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors su
156. If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it witha new PASSENGER COMPARTMENT fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN s Never use a fuse of a higher or lower AWARNING dealer amperage rating than specified on the Fusible links fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible If any electrical equipment does not operate links If any of these fusible links are melted check for an open fuse replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse Reverse step 2 to reinstall fuse box cover 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage s
157. L START ASSIST SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from mov ing backward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the ve hicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not de signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Al ways be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury When the vehicle is stopped on a hill the hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes ap plied This helps prevents the vehicle from rolling backward in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions The shift lever is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle
158. Limited Warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change 9 8 Technical and consumer information the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type DH PR or the exact equiva lents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to
159. Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire re placement and or system resetting 6 4 Incase of emergency Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is sec
160. NING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious persona
161. NOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy For vehicles equipped with use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD if so equipped AWARNING For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result
162. O position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 mph 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmis sion 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD position under these conditions The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the shift lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a mal function When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface condi
163. OGGING heater core heater core Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow Air conditioner button Air flow controls controls Air Air A C Airflow Temp Fan A C Air flow Temp Fan H HOT HI Pe HOT HI t RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 COOLING L Air not passed through heater core Air recirculation Temperature button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow controls Air A C Air flow Temp Fan Button control control control a auen tiple MAX COOL HI ON A C LEFT RIGHT 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic if so equipped OU MEA LHA2886 Type A if so equipped Driver temperature control dial 11 AUTO button A C air conditioner button s Front window defroster button Fan speed control dial system off button Fresh air intake button Air recirculation button Passenger temperature control dial DUAL button Air flow control buttons S00 MON OD oO ROODY ak Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 D a LHA2611 Type B if so equipped Driver temperature control dial 11 AUTO button A C air conditioner button k Front window
164. OM TE s s somas m a e aa a ES 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aoaaa aaa 9 2 Changing engine oil a nonoa 8 12 Changing engine oilfilter 8 13 Checking engine oillevel 8 11 ENGINE Oils s me e a o a a af eld 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 7 Engine oil viscosity 0 ee ee ee 9 8 One shotcall 4 81 4 95 4 105 Outside mirrors 6 ok as wad eee ew be Ee 3 16 Overdrive switch 00000 8 5 17 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 13 Owner s manual order form 9 41 Owner s manual service manual order INFORMAUON o e s Seb w oR amp Rae a ees 9 41 Pp Parking Parking brake operation aoso 5 20 Parking parking onhills 5 33 Phone Bluetooth hands free System aoaaa eh oe 4 77 4 92 4 102 Power Front seat adjustment 1 5 Power door lockS 3 4 Power outlet 2 ances a hee aa 2 38 Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 34 Power WINdOWS 6a ada ee daa e od 2 48 Rear power windows 2 50 Power outlet 4 0 oa 8A Ce wee 2 38 Power steering 00 22000 5 34 Power steering fluid 8 15 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving pr cautions s s sw bw ee ee ee oe oe eG 5 6 Precautions on booster seats 00 1 27 1 38 1 54 1 65 Precautions on child restraints
165. Ody 22600654054 2cteenge0tsede re nacssagad 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle NESS 2c caccng statis igenweceeceaasconee d4ecaes 7 3 CONOS O crise ae ceteve cisco EE EEE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PaliSictesa5c5ivamndnedn se aeewee tes aeae 7 3 COMOSION vs gece area dan demeneeue sates 7 5 Tire Ar SSINGS 6 6 cece eee eee tenet eee 7 3 Protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INteriO unit iresnern ereraa nne eae rea 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed w
166. On Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen Clock adjust Press the ENTER SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the value Press the ENTER SETTING button again to set the value RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing Select the desired language for the system from the available options Bass treble balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER SETTING button and turning the TUNE SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust When the desired item is shown on the display turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 APPS button Press the APPS button to launch the Smart phone Integration Mode For additional informa tion refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section regarding this feature For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone system without Navigation in this section regarding connecting your phone FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is pl
167. RS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink step 1 in this sec tion 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be re
168. Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Technical and consumer information 9 35 Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information refer to Maintenance and do it yourself section in this manual 9 36 Technical and consumer information
169. SAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some jurisdic tions prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in A formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction The engine block heater should be used when e Allow more stopping distance under the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower these conditions Braking should be A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWAR
170. SING THE SEAT BELTS FRONT PASSENGER AND JUMP SEATS King Cab models only AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section If a child restraint system is not in stalled properly the child could be seri ously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat without unfolding the seat extender For forward facing child seats and boosters DO NOT install if the child restraint system base extends past the forward edge of the driver s side seat cushion Ae WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the v
171. TILT OPERATION AWARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pull the lock lever toward the driver and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 SUN VISORS 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To extend the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION e Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor dow
172. TION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load CA0036 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need
173. This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident For additional information refer to On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding collision and rollover and Driving safety precau tions in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From t
174. To fully close the moonroof push the switch toward UP CLOSE 2 To open or close the moonroof part way push the switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the moonroof Close the moonroof by pushing the switch to ward UP CLOSE 2 Release the switch then push the UP CLOSE switch again to tilt the moonroof up To tilt the moonroof down push the switch to ward DOWN OPEN Q Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs Instruments and controls 2 51 AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediat
175. Transmissions M T Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated 6 16 Incase of emergency A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may damage the steering lock mechanism for models with a steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dol lies or four wheels on the ground Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 mph 97km h Distance Less than 500 miles 805 km When towing long distances or speeds in
176. Use the touch screen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod Is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual regarding each menu item e Playlists e Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Shuffle and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Shuffle Touch the Shuffle key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the Shuffle mode is active the text is illuminated Touching the Shuffle key once more will display the Shuffle songs key To cancel Shuffle mode touch the Shuffle key again until the text is no longer illuminated Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the text is illuminated Touching the Re peat key once more will display the Repeat Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 song key To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key again until the text is no longer illuminated SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the 44 SEEK CAT button or gt gt TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is
177. Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl man ganese tricarbonyl MMT Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emis sions Not all fuel dispensers are la beled to indicate MMT content so you may have to consult your gasoline re tailer for more details Note that Fed eral and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the Wo
178. WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 C
179. Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an other name from the phonebook 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers For 7 to 10 digit phone number speak the numbers Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number For phone numbers with more dig its or special characters say Special Num ber then speak the digits Up to 24 digits can be entered Available special characters are start pound plus and pause When finished say Dial to initiate the call Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number or character Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call The system will display Re dialing lt name number gt The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the num ber being re dialed will be displayed Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call The system will display Calling back lt name number gt The name of the phone book entry will be displayed if it available otherwise the number being called back will be displayed RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System the call inform
180. a tans bicm a os 6 5 Tire and Loading Information label 9 13 Tire chais e 2 2 2s au ture Be wm a ee Be 8 41 Tire pressure aoaaa aaae 8 34 Tire rotation 2 2 ee ee 8 41 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 44 Types of tires 2 02004 8 40 Uniform tire quality grading 9 37 Wheels andtires 8 34 9 10 Wheel tire size 0200 9 10 Tike PIESSUNG e s bc i ew eh ee we ke ee ele 8 34 Low tire pressure warning light 2 18 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 31 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 16 4 wheel drive models 6 15 Flat TOWING s s eos soad he a a ee 9 36 Towing load specification 9 29 Tow truck towing 2 2 6 14 Trailer TOWING eos iae Oe ee a 9 25 TOWING a trailer a si eae oh a ae Bom we 9 25 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 54 2 55 2 56 2 57 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with manual transmission 5 18 Travel See registering a vehicle in another COUM sso Ma ee Gig ch Bk ee ee Se 9 11 Tip COMpPUIE a c aare e 6 oe eae we ae ho 2 9 Trip odometer 6 ye amp Bee Oe ey Se 2 4 Troubleshooting guide NISSAN voice recognition system 4 115 Truck box alm dma ee eh 6 Poe oe de 3 17 3 17 Truck camper loading 9 23 Turn signal SWICK a6 6 eae ase eee wo 2 32 U Uniform tire q
181. ab models only AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions WRS0761 Rear facing ste
182. actors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals becaus
183. ad a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models with Navigation System Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB port is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s aud
184. additional information refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be mal functioning If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no
185. adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one Item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to numbers seris a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Pps INFORMATION SiriusXM SiriusXM Travel Link ae te Traffic Settings HOW TO USE THE rsm BUTTON For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding the SiriusXM Travel Link and SiriusXM Traffic features For additional information refer to Nissan Connect Mobile Apps in this section For additional information
186. adrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 WRS0697 LRS0392 Forward facing step 6 Anchor point access 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be 1 Pull strap fore you place the child in it Push it from side D Anchorpdii to side while holding the child restraint near l the LATCH attachment path The child re Installing top tether strap rear bench straint should not move more than 1 inch seat Crew Cab models only 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at To access the anchor points behind the rear bench seat tilt the rear seatbac
187. affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Ve hicle Limited Warranty If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage 9 6 Technical and consumer information E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E
188. after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used
189. aint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LRSO0429 LATCH system lower anchor locations Crew Cab models LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or
190. ait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to
191. an incoming text message Send Text Sends a text message Select Phone The system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Street Address address Points of Interest name POI by Category Home Address Book Previous Destinations Enter Address in Steps Cancel Route For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands 1 Press the button 2 Say Audio 3 Speak a command from the following avail able commands Play AM FM etc Allows user to select radio band Tune AM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired AM frequency Tune FM number Allows user to tune directly to a desired FM frequency SXMchannel number Allows user to tune directly to a desired SXM station if so equipped Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 CD Track number Allows user to select track to be played Play Song name Allows user to select song name to be played Play Artist name Allows user to select artist
192. and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer in formation section of this manual The front crossbar can be adjusted or removed Use the TORX driver provided in the tool kit to loosen both crossbar adjusting screws To adjust 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the TORX driver by turning counterclock wise A 2 When the clamp is loosened move the crossbar so the cargo can be positioned on the crossbar 3 Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws with the TORX driver by turning clockwise 4 Secure the cargo with rope 5 Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws 2 48 Instruments and controls To remove 1 Loosen the adjusting screws with the TORX driver by turning counterclock wise A Rotate the clamps Remove the crossbar Reverse to install oF WO N Always check the tightness of the crossbar adjusting screws If you hear wind noise coming from the roof rack while driving adjust the roof rack crossbar to the neutral position WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems including entrapment in
193. ankshaft pulley Generator pulley AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly a al a Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0461 QR25DE Power steering fluid pump pulley Water pump pulley Air conditioner compressor pulley if so equipped Crankshaft pulley Generator pulley SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs QR25DE models It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for assistance lridium tipped spark plugs VOQ40DE models It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they la
194. apter e CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Compact disc with MP3 or WMA if so equipped Terms Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3
195. ar water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push and hold the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake
196. ar window glass if so equipped A CAUTION start the engine and push the rear window de froster switch on The rear window defroster in When cleaning the inner side of the rear dicator light on the switch comes on Push the Window be careful not to scratch or dam switch again to turn the defroster off age the rear window defroster To defrost the outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the outside mirror defroster switch on The outside mirror defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window outside mirror defroster auto matically turns off after approximately 15 minutes 2 28 Instruments and controls Type D if so equipped LIC3279 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH WIC1424 Type A if so equipped HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting Rotate the switch to the DME position and the front parking tail license plate and in strument panel lights will come on 2 Rotate the switch tothe position and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on WIC1452 Type B if so equipped A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 29 2 30 Type C if so equipped Instruments and controls WIC1426 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatica
197. are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Technical and consumer information 9 27 Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed ona scale including passengers cargo and hitch 5 185 Ib 2352 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 815 Ib 2638 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 11 133 Ib 5050 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 6 100 Ib 2767 kg 9 28 Technical and consumer information GVWR GVW 5 815 Ib 2638 kg 5 185 Ib 2352 kg 630 lb 286 kg Available for tongue weight 11 133 Ib 5050 kg GCWR 5 185 Ib 2352 kg GVW 5 948 lb 2698 kg Capacity available for towing 630 Ib 286 kg Available tongue weight 5 948 lb 2698 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 percent of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification rec ommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to obtain the
198. argo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information re
199. ase refer to www nissan com bluetooth Or www nissan ca bluetooth for compat ibility information as well as your device s Owner s manual The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message _ Press the 4 button Say Messaging Say Send Text The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following A WO N A name Number Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls If Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls or Missed Calls is selected the following ad ditional commands will be displayed Send Text Next Entry Previous Entry For additional information about these op tions refer to Voice commands in this sec tion Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Five predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Okay To send one of the custom messages say Cus tom Message If more than one custom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired custom message For additional information
200. ated between the seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle 4 Refer back to child restraint installation steps before tightening the tether strap 1 53 If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS FRONT PASSENGER AND REAR BENCH SEAT Crew Cab models only AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section ie WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac
201. ation is displayed on either the vehicle information display or both the vehicle information display and the control panel display Press the button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call DURING A CALL While a call is active press the 4 button to access additional options Speak one of the fol lowing commands Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call Mute On or Mute Off Speak the com mand to mute or unmute the system Transfer Call Speak this command to transfer the call to the handset To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System press the 4 button and confirm when prompted If Supported by the phone the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality If a call is received while another call is already active a message will be displayed on the screen Press the button to hold the active call and switch to the second call Press the button to reject the second call While the second call is active pressing the f button will allow the same commands that are available during any call as well as two additional commands Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the origi nal call End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call Pre
202. aying when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the AUX button will change the band as follows USB XM1 XM2 XM3 AUX USB When the AUX button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed ON When the AUX button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the AUX button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE SCROLL knob Tuning Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Al vi SEEK and TRACK tuning buttons Press the amp SEEK button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Pre
203. backs as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only arestraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restr
204. belts and supplemental restraint system f 1 I l t i I i i I t i t i 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration AWARNING Do not use a rear facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it If the air bag deploys it may cause serious injury or death Oy S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioner s and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner syst
205. by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Bee Overdrive OFF indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the overdrive function is OFF The automatic transmission overdrive function is controlled by the overdrive switch For additional information refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light if so equipped This light blinks when the ignition switch is in the OFF LOCK or ACC position This function indi cates the security systems equipped on the ve hicle are operational For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working this is normal The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin The indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec onds if the system is operational I
206. c apps may ous track or play timer does vary and is controlled by the device not work Cannot hear any music Confirm audio source is set to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode A USB connection is required for iPod mode audio from iPhone Cannot hear map turn by Confirm audio source is set to Bluetooth Audio or iPod mode A USB connection is required for iPod mode turn direction guidance from iPhone Cannot receive text message Check if Send Notifications is enabled on your iPhone On the phone go to Settings gt Bluetooth Find the device name like My Juke Press the notifications on audio head info button Turn on Show Notifications unit Cannot reply to text mes After receiving an incoming text message follow on screen guidance Press the switch on the steering wheel for Siri After Siri starts say Text sage notifications by Siri Message 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve
207. ce can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation MEDIA button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack the MEDIA button toggles between the three sources Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the M4 or P gt SEEK CAT buttons for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forward ing When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 44 gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button P while an au dio file on the USB device is playin
208. ce recognition Select Phone Choose a phone from a list of previously connected or currently connected phones The connecting procedure varies according to each phone For additional information refer to your cellular phone s Owner s Manual 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Press the i button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu The available options are e Call Phonebook Recent Calls e Messaging Show Applications Select Phone Call For additional information refer to Making a call in this section Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook A Name Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for that phonebook entry The system will say the name it interpreted based on the voice command provided If the name is incorrect say Correction to hear another name Once the correct phonebook entry is identi fied say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Record Name to record a name for the phonebook entry Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry List Names Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabetically Say Dial to dial the number of the
209. ce the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warn ing light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor When replacing the TPMS sensor the ID registration may be required Contact a NISSAN dealer for ID registration Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN The valve stem cap may become stuck Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 e3zy Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use ti
210. ch as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed 1 29 Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision LRS0748 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback Crew Cab models only to help you locate the LATCH lower an chors 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH label locations Crew Cab models only LRS0571 Top tether anchor AWARNING e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged LRS0661 LRS0662 Child restraint anchorages are de LATCH w
211. ch seat 1 Remove the head restraints headrests and fold the rear bench seat down For additional information refer to Folding the rear bench seat down in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Remove the tool bag and locate the wheel nut wrench 3 Collapse the jack to remove it from the stor age location by inserting the wheel nut wrench into the jack screw as shown and turning the wheel nut wrench towards you until the jack becomes loose Then loosen the jack screw with your fingers until it is free 4 Remove the jack from behind the seat 5 To reinstall the jack and tools reverse steps 1 to 4 Getting the spare tire and tools All models 1 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the spare tire winch Apply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle 3 To reinstall the wheel insert the tire chain through the wheel Be sure the rubber spacer is centered on the wheel before lift ing Use the assembled jack rod and slowly rotate the winch clockwise to raise the wheel to the vehicle In case of emergency 6 7 NOTE Inspect the spacer every six years a
212. ch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in SXM mode turn the TUNE knob to change the chan nel lt lt gt P SEEK tuning When in FM or AM mode press the 4 or Pl seek buttons to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in SXM mode press the 4 seek buttons to change the category or PP Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the SXM band six for SXM1 six for SXM2 amp six SXM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band SXM1 SXM2 amp SXM8 using the SXM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons
213. chase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex tender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth 1 23 Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts de
214. cing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed in this section SEAT BELTS iS Cage Oo ion Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint 1 16 Safety Seats sea
215. ck the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area DRIVE BELT WDI0639 VQ40DE Power steering fluid pump pulley Automatic belt tensioner pulley Cooling fan pulley Air conditioner compressor pulley Cr
216. cked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible ABS 1 O Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 15 Automatic transmission check CHECK l f warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Automatic transmission oil temperature warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the automatic transmis sion oil temperature is too high If the light comes on while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as Safely possible until the light turns off AT OIL TEMP A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation when the A T oil temperature warning light is on may dama
217. con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For additional infor mation refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Sys tem in this section Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area
218. control dial 2 j through the vents DUAL button Air flow control buttons O 0O MON OD oO RODY ak Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling or heating auto This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a con stant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Press the AUTO button on 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Driver and passenger temperatures can be set inde pendently Press DUAL to activate dual cli mate control functions Turn the passenger s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired passenger s tem perature Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution fan speed and A C on off are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode
219. control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e AA W N e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Starting and driving 5 21 A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 mph 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator
220. control system to control vehicle speed when driving on steep downhill grades Always drive carefully when using the hill descent control system and deceler ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal if necessary Be especially careful when driving on frozen muddy or extremely steep downhill roads Fail ure to control vehicle speed may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death The hill descent control may not control the vehicle speed on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to control vehicle speed Failure to do so may re sult in a collision or serious personal injury A CAUTION When the hill descent control system op erates continuously for a long time the temperature of the brake pads may in crease and the hill descent control system may be temporarily disabled the indicator light will blink If the indicator light does not come on continuously after blinking stop using the system The hill descent control system is designed to reduce driver workload when going down steep hills The hill descent control system helps to control vehicle speed so the driver can concen trate on steering the vehicle To activate the hill descent control system the shift lever must be in forward or reverse gear the 4WD switch must be in the 4L position and the vehicle speed must be under 25 km h 15 mph or Instruments and con
221. ct of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label For additional in formation refer to Tire and loading information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The
222. ction of this manual OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sunload sensor 1 located on the top center of the instrument panel helps the system main tain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER if so equipped The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system For additional information refer to Air conditioner system if so equipped refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an exp
223. culties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1 QR25DE engine AO OI B T a 9 10 11 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir Fuse Fusible link box Fuse and relay box Air cleaner Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid reservoir Drive belt location Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Battery Engine coolant reservoir Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 TEEN EAN aly ae i ean J ine i CE S WN E Hy 7 A 7 S T Lot fig fa A DE A 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself VQ40DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir Fuse Fusible link box Fuse and relay box Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Battery Engine coolant reservoir ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator o
224. d AWARNING Overloading or improper loading can ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents VEHICLE LOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY The vehicle payload weight capacity shown on the Tire and Loading Information label refer to Tire and Loading Information label in this sec tion indicates the maximum total weight of pas sengers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is designed to carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refer to Vehicle Loading Information in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures For additional information refer to the Tire and Loading Information label MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and pe
225. d The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed lt lt gt gt SEEK buttons Press the 44 seek button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the M4 seek button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the PPI seek button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the PPI seek button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played AUX button The AUX IN audio input port accepts any stan dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a com patible device plugged into the AUX IN port amp CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation with Navigation System in this section For additional information refer to USB Univer sal Serial Bus Connection Port models with Navigation System
226. d For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to head restraint neadrest in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 4 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 69 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
227. d another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat King Cab models only Keep seat
228. d gate openers 00005 Operating the HomeLink universal WANSCGWCl t0cctewdudunceetwece vax tages a Programming trouble diagnosis Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink button If your vehicle is stolen 02 0000 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 Instruments and controls Vents P 4 16 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 71 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 68 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 70 Horn P 2 33 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Warning and indicator lights P 2 14 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 21 Wiper and washer switch P 2 27 Storage P 2 39 Audio system P 4 36 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 70 Upper and lower glove box P 2 43 Passenger air bag status light P 1 79 Power outlet P 2 38 Power outlet if so equipped P 2 38 15 24 METERS AND GAUGES Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 36 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 34 Rear sonar switch if so equipped P 2 38 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 35 Shift lever P 5 14 5 18 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 26 Climate controls P 4 16 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Ignition
229. d pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spong
230. d the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment 2 26 Instruments and controls For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational lf the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the e
231. d voice recognition systems REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions This device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the Voice Recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the 4 button on the steering wheel The
232. d when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction display on or off The dis play will indicate the direction that the vehicle is heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 11 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration 3 Pressthe orthe button repeat edly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the dis play Once you have selected a zone num ber the display will show a compass direc tion within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold za i the for about 10 seconds The C es R WZ icon in the compass display will illuminate Se SAN 4 hk WY 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle OO A 7 i A A in three complete circles at a maximum AMS speed of 5 mph 8 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal Zone variation change procedure the
233. dal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by plac ing the ignition in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Starting and driving 5 13 DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISS
234. defroster button Fan speed control dial system off button Air recirculation button Passenger temperature control dial DUAL button 2 3 4 5 6 Rear window defroster switch 7 8 9 O Air flow control buttons i 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or g a others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals LHA3168 Type C if so equipped Do not use the recirculation mode for 1 Driver temperature control dial 11 AUTO button long periods as it may cause the interior A C air conditioner button air to become stale and the windows to fog up Front window defroster button SaR Start the engine and operate the controls to Fan speed control dial activate the air conditioner l O system off button NOTE Outside mirror defroster switch Odors from inside and outside the vehicle Air recirculation button can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment Passenger temperature
235. ding Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire 2 18 Instruments and controls pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information refer to Check tire pressure warning message in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section of this manual TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRES warn ing message is not displayed if the low tire pres sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For
236. ditioner controls 4 waa wee Soa 4 16 4 22 4 34 Servicing air conditioner 4 36 Airflow charts 1 4 6 8644 04 05 4 19 4 27 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 24 Anchor point locations 1 32 Antenna aoaaa A e e Se are 4 72 Antifreeze 1 ee 5 42 Anti lock brake warning light 2 15 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 35 APPS be Geen ee ee oe ees 4 73 Audible reminders 004 2 24 Audio system 2 2 00002 eee 4 36 AM radio reception 4 37 Bluetooth audio 4 68 4 69 Compact disc CD player 4 46 4 51 4 58 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player ate seo ee ee ee eo 4 44 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD playere oak aye Gace eee ah we ae 4 48 4 53 FM radio reception 4 36 iPod Player a4 24a wa aw ae oe 4 63 4 65 iPod player operation 4 63 4 65 RadiO s s ea 68 4 o oo Bop we ot Ss eS 4 36 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 71 USB interface 4 59 4 61 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection POs wees oie et ted bane ss 4 59 4 61 Autolghi SWIC ss Seca ew a aa e a ew a 2 30 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 50 Automatic transmission position indicator IGG oe oe oe dk ee Bek ee ee eS 2 20 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 15 Automatic door locks 3 5 AUX jack s eee ee eS ode ee eS 4 47
237. drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that 2 wheel drive models are less capable than 4 wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like 5 8 Starting and driving Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when dri
238. e MENU button Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Volume and Clock Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade Spd Sen Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX IN Volume Clock Clock Adjust To adjust the Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the 4 SEEK or TRACK Y button to adjust the setting to the desired level 5 to 5 Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Speed Sensitive Volume SSV adjusts the vol ume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes It can be set as follows OFF LOW MID HIGH DISP display button Press the DISP display button while a CD is playing to change the text shown in the audio display as follows For CDs Running Time Album Title Artist Name Song Title For MP3 CDs Running Time Folder Title Album Title Artist Name Song Title If the text information is too long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest
239. e Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the C4 button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wai
240. e OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates If the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the M button on the key fob The alarm is activated by Opening a door without using the key or key fob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the 1 button on the key fob NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 Instruments and controls 2 25 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have cause
241. e correctly worn and the occupant seated a suit able distance away from the steering wheel in strument panel and door finishers For additional information about instructions and precautions on seat belt usage refer to Seat belts in this section The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 70 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi
242. e ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger For additional information refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 19 2 Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not funct
243. e NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu Technical and consumer information 9 41 MEMO 9 42 Technical and consumer information 10 Index AWD warning light 2 15 A Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 36 Air bag See supplemental restraint SSC ssa ae Ht oe Ne Soe Hay eS 1 70 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbag system 004 1 77 Air bag warning labels 1 84 Air bag warning light 1 85 2 20 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 85 2 20 Air cleaner housing filter 8 21 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 26 Air conditioner service 4 36 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 8 Air conditioner system refrigerant recommendations 9 8 Heater and air con
244. e OFF position the steering wheel is not locked for mod els with a steering lock mechanism In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position place the ignition switch in the OFF position push the key in then place the ignition switch in LOCK position Starting and driving 5 11 KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the k
245. e Replay Screen gives the user the ability to SKIP replay skip pause or rewind the currently aired track When the Replay key is touched the Replay Screen is prompted PAUSE To replay a track from the beginning press the M lt seek button The user can continue to press the M44 seek button to replay previ ous songs but can only go back as far as the system permits The system will warn the user when they cannot skip any further back by displaying At the End in the bottom left corner of the screen To skip a track press the P gt track button Live will appear in the bot tom left corner of the screen indicating the difference from play time to live audio To pause a track press the Il pause button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 REWIND To rewind fast forward a Compact disc CD player operation When the CD button is pressed with a compact FAST track hold the 4 or PP If the radio is already operating it automatically disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will FORWARD ss gcok track button turns off and the compact disc begins to play algae oe turned off and the compact disc CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD encoded with text
246. e brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Technical and consumer information 9 31 Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway contr
247. e child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 7 LRS0561 Jump seat King Cab models only 1 Top tether strap 2 Routing bracket 3 Tether anchor point Installing top tether strap jump seat King Cab models only AWARNING e Do not secure the top tether strap to the routing bracket If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a colli sion or a sudden stop greatly increases Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed us ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with LATCH lower anchor attachments First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear seating positions 1 Pull the cover plate off to access the top tether strap routing bracket for the jump seat 2 Route the top tether strap through the rout ing bracket 3 Secure the top tether strap to the tether anchor point loc
248. e driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle Both the GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label For additional information refer to Measurement of weights in this section Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the following illustration Technical and consumer information 9 15 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Trailer Tongue Weight td 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Luggage Occupants Rk FA 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30 1b x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg Luggage OO 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Lk 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 70 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage RERRK CEECEE 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70 kg Example 9 16 Technical and consumer information Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available c
249. e frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp An tifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir Do not use the windshield washer res ervoir to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Veh
250. e hill descent control system helps maintain vehicle speed when driving under 15 21 mph 25 35 km h on steeper downhill grades Hill descent control is useful when engine braking alone in 4H or 4L cannot control vehicle speed Hill descent control applies the vehicle brakes to control vehicle speed allowing the driver to con 5 40 Starting and driving centrate on steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation When additional braking is required on steep downhill roads activate the hill de scent control system by pushing the switch ON For additional information refer to Hill descent control switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Once the system is activated the indicator light will remain on in the instrument panel For additional information refer to Hill de scent control system on indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled For the best results when descending steep downhill grades the hill descent control switch should be ON and the shift lever in 2 Second gear or 1 Low gear for engine braking HIL
251. e not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 2 32 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the AUTO if so equipped P4 or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position if so equipped the head lights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the D position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HORN To sound the horn push the area between the horn icons on the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble
252. e of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on
253. e passenger s side jump seat it will be necessary to move the front passen ger s seat fully forward and place the front seatback upright or tilt it forward Failure to do so may cause the child restraint to not be installed properly and cause serious injury or death in a sudden stop or collision 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front seat cannot be used when a rear facing child restraint is installed on the jump seat Attempting to do so could cause serious injury in a sud den stop or collision For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a child restraint on the passenger s side jump seat 1 To access the jump seat extension on the passenger s side jump seat pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open posi tion Then unfold the two support legs and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position Full open seating position
254. e phone number of the outgoing call will be dis played Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number Say Next Entry or Previous Entry to move through the list of outgoing calls Redial Speak this command to call the last number dialed Call Back Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle Messaging Speak this command to access text messaging functions For additional information refer to Text messaging in this section Show Applications Speak this command to display list of smart phone apps available NOTE Compatible smartphone and registration necessary to access applications For addi tional information refer to Nissan Connect Mobile Apps in this section Select Phone Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem 1 Press the CS wheel button on the steering 2 The system will prompt you for a command Say Call 3 Select one of the available voice commands to continue e A Name Speak the name of a phone book entry to place a call to that entry The system will respond with the name it inter preted from your command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct Say
255. e the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sec
256. eat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment 1 5 Seatback pockets 0004 2 45 Seat belt Child safely o th ewe Beha Gee ka 1 24 Infants and small children 1 25 Injured Person ia ate So aw or ho ee 1 18 Larger children 42644 044 04 0 a wd 1 25 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 15 Pregnant women 4 1 18 Seat belt extenders 1 23 Seat belt maintenance 1 23 Seat belts 08 4 1 15 7 5 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 23 Three point type with retractor 1 18 Seat belt extenders 1 23 Seat belt warning light 1 18 2 19 Seats Adjustment aoaaa de oe ow Sea 1 2 Front SoS aa 64 4425 hee oh owe 1 2 Heated seats 004 2 34 Manual front seat adjustment 1 3 Rear seat a6 8d 68 ho ed we ee 1 6 Seats floor mats 1 0 0 0 05 eae 7 4 Security indicator lights 6 20 6 eae 6 2 22 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start 9 95 5 12 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 24 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 24 Service manual order form 9 41 Servicing airconditioner 4 36 Setting button 4 0 tad soo oe aw he eee 4 7 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 15 Manual transmission 5 18 Shift lock release 2 00004 5 16 Shou
257. ebbing mounted attachment LATCH rigid mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint carefully read imposed by correctly fitted child re and follow the instructions in this manual and straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed us ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision anchor attachments those supplied with the child restraint LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS0572 LRS0393 Front passenger seat Rear bench seat Crew Cab models only King Cab models only Under the rear window behind the rear 1 Top tether strap bench seat Crew Cab models only as 2 Anchor point shown Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are locat
258. eceiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions regarding all operation precau tions in this section Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was play ing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Audio settings 1 Press the aPrs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Audio key Use the touch screen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Adjusts the bass to the desired level Adjusts the treble to the desired level Adjusts the balance to the desired level Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusts the speed sensitive
259. eck the oil level For additional infor mation refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual 2 8 Instruments and controls If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine VOLTMETER if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the voltmeter indicates the battery volt age When the engine Is running it indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer TRIP COMPUTER if so equipped The display of the trip computer is situated in the speedometer display When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen before the ignition switch was placed in the OFF position When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pressing the change reset button The following modes can be selected Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance
260. ection A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable Genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the receiver when not in use Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing in
261. ecured cargo could cause personal injury Folding the rear bench seat up if so 2 Fold the bottom of the seat cushion toward the back of the vehicle until it locks in place equipped To fold the rear bench seat up 1 Lift up on the lever located on the side of the seat while lifting the front of the seat cush ion up 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Repeat this process to raise and secure the seat cushion on the other side of the vehicle for maximum storage capacity To return the rear bench seat to a seating posi tion reverse the process Make sure to prop erly push the seat cushion down into place AWARNING When the vehicle is being used to carry cargo properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushions are in place and latched When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop A Child restraint anchor points Foldi
262. ed in the following loca tions On the back of the front passenger seat King Cab only as shown 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2101 Jump seats King Cab models passenger side shown 1 Cover plate 2 Routing bracket 3 Anchor point On the floor between the jump seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle King Cab only as shown The anchor point is located on the floor between the jump seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle The routing bracket is located behind the cover plate under the rear window above the jump seat REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Crew Cab models only For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 Ibs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the rear seats using the LATCH sys tem 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions
263. edures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF position To move the shift lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal amp Push the button to shift C gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position t
264. eel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury Starting and driving 5 7 NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember
265. ehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2725 Forward facing jump seat King Cab step 2 Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the passenger s side jump seat King Cab models only or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 1 59 LRS2502 Full open seating position 2 To access the jump seat extension passen ger s side only on the jump seat pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open position Then unfold the two support legs and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position WRS0919 Forward facing step 3 3 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure
266. ehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones
267. ehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wh
268. ely 1 second The display is up dated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Journey time The journey time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pressing the change reset button for more than approximately 1 second Instruments and controls 2 9 Trip computer reset Pressing the change reset button for more than 3 seconds will reset all modes except Trip A and distance to empty 2 10 Instruments and controls COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY if so equipped This unit has the following functions Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi cates heading direction of vehicle Indicates outside air temperature With the ignition switch in the ON position press the or button as described in the charts below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Type A if so equipped Press and hold Feature D Press button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass toggles on off Automatic anti glare indicator light 8 seconds toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 11 seconds correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode Type B if so equipped Press and hold the N button for about Feature Press button again for about 1 sec ond to change settings Compass toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 8 seconds
269. ely tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof 2 52 Instruments and controls AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof INTERIOR LIGHTS DOWN OPEN OFF ale UP CLOSE ON LICO789 Type A if so equipped The interior lights have a three position switch and operate regardless of ignition switch posi tion When the switch is in the ON position the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is in the ON position LICO792 Type B if so equipped When the switch is in the O DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for a period of ti
270. em malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 21 Operation The MIL will come on in one of 2 ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odom eter If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the E light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 mph 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed 2 22 Instruments and controls The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected
271. emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission if so equipped Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral On 4 wheel drive vehicles place the transfer case in the 2H range Failure to do so will cause the powertrain to bind up e After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission if so equipped To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well
272. ems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 1 85 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioner s are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioner s and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioner s must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner s should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and prete
273. ems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated For additional information refer to the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check tha
274. engine oillevel Engine compartment check locations Engine coolant temperature gauge Engine cooling system ENGNG Olly os i am woe amp GS wae Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Engine oil pressure gauge Engine oil pressure warning light Engine oil viscosity Engine serial number Engine specifications 9 9 Starting the engine 5 13 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 8 Enter button 3 oe ows ee ee Se ye BES 4 4 Event data recorders 9 40 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch 8 27 E Prst ad Kibs sa xos aa Bate 0 4 daa a a 6 2 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 P a e ee oe ee eR he ed 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid sss au eae oe bee ni 8 15 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 02 0008 9 2 Clutch fluid a s s d m peaa ae amp a e ee 8 16 Engine GOON lt e i a eo ol e ee e eh 8 9 ENGING Ol a i eoa enaa a Soe ww BA 8 11 Power steering fllid 8 15 Windshield washer fluid aaa 8 16 F M V S S certification label 9 12 Fog light swith soans oe ee eee 2 33 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 77 Front power seat adjustment 1 5 Front seats ct ee ee ee ee ee ee 1
275. ensor pressure sensor P 1 70 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 70 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 26 10 Top tether strap anchor P 1 26 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT aS a ae eS 11 Engine hood P 3 10 Wiper and washer switch P 2 27 Windshield P 8 23 Windows P 2 48 Door locks P 3 3 Key fob P 3 6 Keys P 3 2 Mirrors P 3 15 Tire pressure P 8 34 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire chains P 8 34 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 29 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 29 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 1 Rear sliding window if so equipped P 2 48 2 Vehicle loading P 9 14 3 Truck box tailgate P 3 17 4 Rearview camera if so equipped P 4 10 5 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 6 Fuel filler cap P 3 11 Fuel recommendation P 9 2 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 51 Map lights if so equipped P 2 52 Sun visors P 3 14 Rearview mirror P 3 15 Glove box P 2 39 Shift lever P 5 14 Cup holders P 2 39 Front seats P 1 2 Console b
276. er the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone Help When you press and release the amp 4 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Whenever the NISSAN Voice Recognition ses sion is cancelled a do
277. er into the brackets see above 3 Rotate the extender to the inward position 4 Push the brackets forward until the extender comes in contact with the front wall of the truck box TIE DOWN HOOKS if so equipped For your convenience tie down hooks are placed at each corner of the truck box These may be used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box The weight of the cargo load must be evenly distributed over both the front and the rear axles All cargo should be securely fastened with ropes or straps to prevent it from shifting or sliding within the vehicle AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 MEMO 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 005 4 4 How to use the touch screen 00 eee 4 5 How to use the BACK button 0 eee 4 7 How to use the APPSG button 005 4 7 MID button 2 ec e cee eee eee eee ees 4 9 How to use the ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 0 0ec eee eee aees 4 9 How to use the CAMERA button 04 4 9 RearView Monitor if so equipped 08 4 10 RearView Monitor
278. er up or down on the tuning switch Cy The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To reactivate Voice Recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time press ing the PHONE SEND 4 button will start the Hands Free Phone System 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone
279. er with the provided wrench LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty TRUCK CAMPER LOADING INFORMATION CREW CAB MODELS Crew Cab short wheel base models should not be used to carry a slide in camper KING CAB MODELS This information is provided for you to properly install a slide in camper and is based on the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration regulations It is recommended that before in stalling the camper you carefully read the
280. erienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the power or ON OFF button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the f
281. ers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside 9 26 Technical and consumer information temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions A WARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation For additional information refer to If your vehicle over heats in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual A CAU
282. ertain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle 1 The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in t
283. es so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can E3 Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatically to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device operation You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in v
284. essed Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on Bo Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position 35 3 model or when the VDC system is not functioning properly This indicates the VDC sys tem is not operating Push the VDC off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual The VDC light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system Is opera tional If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the VDC system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the battery is removed or discharged the VDC system is disabled and the VDC indicator light will not turn off after 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position To reset the system you must perform the reset procedure For additional information refer to Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual If the light does not go off after performing
285. ete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Use a protective cloth on the tip of a small screwdriver before inserting it in the shift lock release slot and pushing down 5 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion while holding down the shift lock re lease 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel for models with a steering lock mechanism 7 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed WSD0045 Overdrive O D OFF switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift lever in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Over
286. etensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner s help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner s are encased within the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When pretensioner s activate smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pretensioner s activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if neces sary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light R is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 84 Safety Seats seat
287. eutral Neutral disengages the auto Stop the vehicle matic transmission mechanical 2 For automatic transmission vehicles Shift the shift lever parking lock which will allow to the N position with the brake pedal depressed the vehicle to roll Do not leave For manual transmission vehicles Shift the shift lever to E the transfer shift position in the N position with the clutch depressed Neutral 2 For automatic transmission vehicles De dt Depress and turn May blink the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed For manual transmission vehicles Depress and turn the 4WD switch to 4LO or 4H with the clutch pedal de pressed THE TRANSFER CASE DOES NOT ENGAGE BETWEEN 4H meal ee kor er AND 4LO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST yar E e A STOPPED THE VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL flieanaied end a ed AND MOVED THE SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL FOR AUTO MATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES FOR MANUAL TRANS MISSION VEHICLES YOU MUST MOVE THE SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 5 26 Starting and driving is ie t9 3 Before moving the shift lever from neutral wait until the 4LO indicator light stays on steady This indicates that the 4WD shift procedure is completed and the transfer gear is correctly set in the 4LO position If the vehicle is shifted into gear before the indicator is on steady the transfer gear may grind not engage correctly or stay in the neutral position If the 4WD warning light illuminates
288. ever let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 73 ARS1045 AWARNING Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section 1 74 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0431 Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents SS X FS a ry LRS0396 Do not lean against doors or windows SSS0162 Do not lean against doors or windows A WARNIN
289. ey It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM if so equipped The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key 5 12 Starting and driving If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid if so equipped and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed Position seat and head
290. ey number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet not in the ve hicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very impor tant to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all your keys If you still have a key a NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS if so equipped You can only drive your vehicle using the master key which is registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle This key has a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys A NISSAN dealer can duplicate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the
291. f necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking For additional information refer to Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine Is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely For additional information refer to Variable voltage control sys tem in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position oy Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional
292. f the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a child restraint on the jump seat 1 To access the jump seat extension passen ger s side only on the jump seat pull up on the extension to unfold it to the open position Then unfold the two support legs and lower the jump seat to the full open seating position 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Full open seating position LRS2502 LRS2552 Rear facing step 2 2 Move the front passenger s seat into the full forward position Then move the front seat back to the upright or tilted forward position Position the child restraint on the jump seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions 3 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 Rear facing webbing mounted step 4 Rear facing rigid mounted step 4 4 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH
293. f the light does not come on have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Transfer 4LO position indicator light es73 model This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition switch in the ON position The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The 4LO indicator light must stop blinking and remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into gear If the shift lever is shifted from the N Neutral position to any other gear when the 4LO indicator light is blinking the ve hicle may move unexpectedly When you shift between 4H and 4LO follow the instructions below For automatic transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H For manual transmission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the clutch pedal de pressed then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal A T models or clutch pedal M T models depr
294. facing step 7 7 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the seat belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 8 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 7 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Crew Cab models only For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint
295. fer to Choosing a lan guage in this section button 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 4 button 8 The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if e The 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven e delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 outgoing call three one
296. fer to the Tire and Loading Information label in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual SECURING THE LOAD For your convenience tie down hooks if so equipped are placed at each corner of the truck box These may be used to help secure cargo loaded into the truck box AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Technical and consumer information 9 17 I HS 3 UTILI TRACK CHANNEL SYSTEM if so equipped 1 Side channels 2 Header channel 3 Header channel 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWARNING e Properly install and tighten the tie down cleats into the Utili track chan nel system Also do not attach any rope or straps directly to the channel Failure to properly install the tie down cleats or attaching ropes or straps directly to the channel can cause the cargo to become unsecured In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
297. five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the l button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the i button and after the tone say Call Redial Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 LHA2561 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel ee PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a NISSAN Voice Recognition ses sion or answer an incoming call lt gt You can also use the 4 button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to List of voice commands and During a call in this section PHONE END While the NISSAN Voice Recog nition system is active pres
298. fob operation Press the button on the key fob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep For addi tional information refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Confirm that the lt 2 indicator light comes on The S light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cay light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the key fob or the ignition switch is placed in ACC or ON position the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position the system may be dis armed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for a period of time unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in th
299. fore starting the engine 2 00 5 12 Starting the engine ssssssaasran rnaar rann 5 13 Driving the vehicle 22 cast ectededad onveeeeesieeecu 5 14 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 14 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 18 Parking Draka sc cc0u atone ctaueeneeteeestaeeen wake 5 20 Cruise control if so equipped 00ce ee eee 5 21 Precautions on cruise control 5 21 Cruise control operations 0 cece eee eee 5 22 Break in schedule sci nswectiades nananana 5 23 Fuel efficient driving tipS 02 0ee eee 5 23 Increasing fuel economy 0222e eee eee 5 24 E3z 3 Using four wheel drive 4WD if so equipped oc ccwerniuncsadisceveiassentcne cme 5 25 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 26 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system kif SO CQUID DEO cncwictecgiorseeucesteadeieocacewds 5 31 Parking parking on AINS 0 i0saxcceenvedweeeete ns 5 33 Power SICGNNG s2cuccsteaenstenutcotusinesuereenaned 5 34 Brake SYSICM o lt 2cu eee eees saidara nini need ogee ee 5 34 Brake precautions 00 0 cece eee eee ees 5 34 Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 5 35 Active brake limited slip ABLS system 5 36 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 37 Brake force distribution 02ee eee 5 38 Hill descent control system if so equipped 5 40
300. front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Technical and consumer information 9 7 Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle
301. g even if the ignition booster switch is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury keep hands and other objects away 3 Ensure the vent caps are level and tight arom 4 C t the bles in th Always follow the instructions below Fail Connect the jumper cables in the sequence ure to do so could result in damage to the illustrated charging system and cause personal injury A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Do not allow the two vehicles to touch e Make sure the jumper cables do not 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the 2 vehicles to bring their batter ies near each other 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever touch moving parts in the engine com to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec partment and that the cable clamps do trical systems lights heater air conditioner not contact any other metal etc 6 12 Incase of emergency 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and w
302. g Cab to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should models only not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section A child restraint system will not be in stalled properly and the child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Never install a rear facing child re straint system on the driver s side jump seat Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat without unfolding the seat extender AWARNING To install a rear facing child restraint on th
303. g a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning refer to Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the devic
304. g to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button PP several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played RDM random button When the RDM random button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT repeat button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahe
305. gaged Doing so could damage drivetrain components Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a Significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the
306. ge the automatic transmission ATP Automatic transmission park warning light g3z43 model AWARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle mov ing unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage Shift the 4WD switch into the 2WD 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the shift lever is in the P position and the ATP warning light is ON Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position move the shift lever into the N position once shift the shift lever into P again and make sure the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position 2 16 Instruments and controls while the shift lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock BRAKE or O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fl
307. ger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated refer to Front pas senger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled LRS0572 Front passenger seat King Cab models only 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Installing top tether strap front passenger seat King Cab models only A WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re straint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether straps over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head res
308. gh HEATING amp Air passed through heater core DEFROSTING heater core DEFOGGING Fan control Temperature Air flow Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial contro dial dial control dial control dial Air recirculation button Air Air flow Temp Fan r z control control Tecirculation HOT W HOT spf RIGHT ed wick EJEA Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual if so equipped AWARNING NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to f
309. ght high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the D4 or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the PG or position the headlights will illuminate again if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the P4 or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights oper ate with the headlight switch in the OFF position orin the PQ position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 31 AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle ar
310. h Crew Cab models only The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 1 To close the window push the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 50 Instruments and controls LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening y LIC3352 MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door WIC0352 REAR SLIDING WINDOW if so equipped Squeeze the handles of the lever 1 then slide the window open MOONROOF if so equipped POWER MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position The power moonroof is Operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passen ger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open the moonroof push the switch to ward DOWN OPEN
311. h as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Press the MENU button repeatedly until AUX IN Volume appears on the screen to control the incoming volume level of the auxiliary input de vice Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the level between O and 3 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 TUN SCROLL FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 3 RDM random button COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type 4 Display screen A if so equipped 5 SCAN button 1 amp CD eject button 2 RPT repeat button 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 6 Ma SEEK CAT buttons gt gt APPS button BACK button 9 ENTER SETTING button TUNE SCROLL 10 11 12 13 14 15 knob Station select 1 6 buttons O power button VOL volume knob DISP display button MEDIA button XM button FMAM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions regarding all operation precau tions in this section Audio main operation powe
312. h may result in an accident and serious personal injury A CAUTION After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive over 12 mph 20 km h when the system is engaged Doing so could result in possible damage to the driveline Do not turn on the E lock system while the tires are spinning Doing so could damage drivetrain components CLUTCH INTERLOCK clutch start SWITCH if so equipped CLUTCH START ED AWARNING Pay special attention to your surroundings when using the clutch interlock switch The vehicle will move forward or backward according to the gear selected The clutch interlock clutch start switch allows for starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal This feature helps you restart the engine if it stops under difficult conditions For example the engine stops on a steep hill and a slight movement forward or backward might be dangerous To use the clutch interlock switch Set the parking brake Depress the brake pedal with your right foot Place your left foot on the brake pedal and release the parking brake 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Press and release the clutch interlock switch The CANCEL light on the switch will illuminate Turn the ignition to the START position to start the engine and at the same time de press the accelerator pedal with your rig
313. have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 67 Booster seat installation jump seat King Cab models only AWARNING If a child restraint system is not in stalled properly the child could be seri ously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision
314. have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tigh
315. he applicable laws and proce dures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the ser vice operator carefully read the following precau tions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For additional information about towing your ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends towing your vehicle based upon the type of drivetrain Please refer to the diagrams in this section to ensure that your ve hicle is properly towed Four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the ve hicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transfer case and transmission In case of emergency 6 15 LCE2243 A Automatic Transmissions A T Manual
316. he ignition switch can not be placed in the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed from the ignition switch Move the shift lever to the P Park position then the ignition switch can be placed in LOCK P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking
317. he oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 7 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 8 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 9 Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 10 Install the plate covering the oil filter For VQ40DE engine 11 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID ATF if so equipped When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty T
318. he screen CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMaA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well A Vv SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the amp SEEK buttonor Y TRACK button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A v SEEK and TRACK buttons When the amp SEEK button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Pressthe amp SEEK button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the Y TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the Y TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track TUNE SCROLL knob MP3 WMA CD only If a MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is
319. he seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button T and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for pur
320. he size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is posi tioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child re straint in a rear seat If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys tem is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with a dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the ve hicle the front passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag
321. he specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is at or below the MIN line add Genu ine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap and Till through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE AND CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID For additional information on brake fluid specifi cation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch if so equipped systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake and clutch system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water EnA E go i
322. he temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button ON position Press the amp button to recirculate air inside the vehicle Press the CS button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment The air recirculation mode is only functional when the air flow control mode is in the following positions rt oor te OFF position Press the CY button again to turn air recircu lation off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment and distributed through the se lected outlet Use the OFF position for normal heater opera tion HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position for normal heating The indicator light on the gt button will go off 2 Press the Tad air flow control button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the CS button to the OFF position The indicator light on the CV amp button will go off 2 Press the rs air flow cont
323. he use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat ing positions They can help save lives and re duce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body 1 82 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bags will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off
324. heck to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat without unfolding the seat extender REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT A WARNING INSTALLATION USING LATCH To install a rear facing child restraint on JUMP SEAT King Cab models only the passenger s side jump seat it will be necessary to move the front passenger s A WARNING seat fully forward and place the front seat back upright or tilt it forward Failure to do If a child restraint system is not in 3 y so may cause the child restraint to not be stalled properly the child could be seri ously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Never install a rear facing child re straint system on the driver s side jump seat installed properly and cause serious injury or death in a sudden stop or collision The front seat cannot be used when a rear facing child restraint is installed on the jump seat Attempting to do so could cause serious injury in a sud den stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight o
325. hile driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 36 Starting and driving Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 mph 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving ACTIVE BRAKE LIMITED SLIP ABLS SYSTEM e ABLS system uses automatic braking to transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to the wheel on the same axle with more trac tion The ABLS system applies braking to the slipping wheel which helps redirect power to the other wheel On4WD models the ABLS system operates in both 4H and 4LO modes If 4WD mode is engaged the ABLS system operates for both drive axles On 2WD vehicles the ABLS system operates on the drive axle only The ABLS system is always ON In some conditions the system may automatically turn the ABLS system off If the system is automatically turned off normal brake func tion will continue ABLS will function even when the VDC system is turned OFF
326. hone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT 3 DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped 4 1 amp CD eject button 5 2 CD insert slot 6 SCAN button DISP display button RPT repeat RDM random button MENU button TUNE FOLDER knob 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 7 AUX IN jack 8 AUX button 9 CD button 10 AM button 11 FM button 12 power button VOL volume con trol knob 13 Station select 1 6 buttons 14 TRACK Y button 15 4 SEEK button For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions regarding all operation precau tions in this section Audio main operation power button VOL volume con trol knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the power button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running place the ignition in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the power button again turns the system off Turn the VOL volume control knob to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volum
327. hone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for recommended phone list and connecting instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur in
328. honebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List Names A Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition session For additional information refer to Record name in this section Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Call Back Redial Use the Recent Calls command to access out going incoming or missed calls or dial numbers for the last incoming or outgoing calls
329. hoose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks 9 30 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount ba
330. hort the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial D 1 Press the CS wheel A tone will sound button on the steering 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Number to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups three digit area code three digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number For additional informa tion refer to How to say numbers in this section 5 When you have finished speaking the phone numb
331. ht foot As the vehicle begins to move take your left foot off the brake Once the engine has started the clutch interlock switch CANCEL light shuts off Do not use the interlock switch to start the engine under normal driving conditions Instruments and controls 2 37 REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped LICO471 AWARNING The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The rear sonar system if so equipped is active when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the shift lever is in R Reverse When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper a beeping tone is emitted 2 38 Instruments and controls The rear sonar system can be disabled by push ing the OFF switch When the system is disabled the indicator light on the switch will illuminate The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position For additional information refer to Rear sonar system RSS if so equipped in the Starting and driving section in this manual POWER OUTLETS LICO760 Front row one or two may be equipped The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition swi
332. ht reflec tor and then remove it 5 Carefully remove the headlight bulb Do not shake or rotate the bulb B when removing it Replacing the headlight bulb 1 Insert the bulb DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS 2 Install and tighten the bulb retainer Be sure the lip of the bulb socket con tacts the headlight body 3 Push the electrical connector into the bulb plastic base until it snaps and stops 4 Connect the negative battery cable Close the hood FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb If fog light bulb replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly High Low Daytime running Canada only Turn Park Side marker Fog light if so equipped Rear combination light Turn Stop Tail Back up reversing High mounted stop light Cargo light License plate light Map lights if so equipped Vanity mirror light if so equipped Room light
333. i ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also repor
334. icle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children e Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WDI0224 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Che
335. ident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR TOTAL AVANT Fa ARRIERE g THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS TOTAL DES OCCUPANTS ET DU CHARGEMENT NE DOIT JAMAIS DEPASSER COLD TIRE PRESSURE a PRESSION DE PNEUS A FROIu XXX kPa XX psi PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi DE SPARE es PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX psi SIZE DIMENSIONS PXXX XXRXX Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupa
336. iffer from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and out side mirrors Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road conditions and road grade Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper The screen may flicker under fluorescent light The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewha
337. ifreeze i VO40DE 2 3 4 gal 2 1 4 gal 10 2 coolant or equivalent 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure _ Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 5 M T 3 1 8 qt 2 1 2 at 75W 85 or equivalent If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Manual transmission gear oil 6 M T 4X2 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt Multi is not available API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 may be used as a temporary replacement However use Genuine ania EW saaa NISSAN Manual Transmission MTF HQ Multi as soon as it is available Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF f Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic trans Refill to the proper level according to the instructions mission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission durability and may damage Automatic transmission fluid the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF recommended Using fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF will Transfer fluid 2 1 8 qt 1 3 4 qt 2 0L cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warra
338. ime to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5
339. in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane lf you decide that it is not safe to return the v
340. in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 21 1 8 gal 17 5 8 gal 80 L For additional information refer to Recommended fuel in this section of the manual With oil filter Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent change Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 Viscosity SAE 4 7 8 qt 4 qt SW 30 2 1 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section QR25DE 2 As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 or SAE 10W 30 conventional petroleum based oils may be used Without oil fil and meet all specifications and requirements necessary to Engine oil ter change 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt l maintain the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Drain and refill For additional information refer to Changing engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent 3 With oil filter Engine oil with API Certification Mark 4 Viscosity SAE change 5W 30 VQ40DE 3 NISSAN recommends the use of Genuine NISSAN Ester Without oil fil Oil available at a NISSAN dealer ter change 5 1 8 qt 4 1 4 qt 4 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section eine coolant QR25DE 2 1 2 gal 2 1 8 gal Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Blue Long Life Ant
341. ine and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual dis tance between the vehicle and dis played objects A CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position or when the CAMERA button if so equipped is pressed The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active To display the rear view the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located next to the liftgate handle 4 REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the ignition switch in the ON position move the shift lever to the R Reverse position to operate the RearView Monitor DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project ing objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor rela tive to the guidelines refer to illustrations When in doubt turn around and view the objects as you are backing up or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the ve hicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogn
342. ing as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel effi ciency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 mph 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking
343. ing message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as Instruments and controls 2 5 long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information re fer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Wheels and tires sec tion in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual 2 6 Instruments and controls TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the
344. io system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Audio file operation AUX auxiliary button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB connection port device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing press the ON OFF button to restart the USB memory USB XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song ld lt gt l Seeking buttons Press the M4 seeking button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the 44 seeking button several times to skip backward several tracks 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the PPI seeking button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the PPI seeking button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Random a
345. ion An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Bluetooth streaming audio if SO While an audio device is connected through equipped the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be quicker than usual recognized by the in vehicle audio system This system supports the Bluetooth Audio It is necessary to set up the wireless con Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth BLUETOOTH is a module before using the Bluetooth audio trademark owned by Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au 3 Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc dio will vary depending on the devices Refer and licensed to to how to operate your audio device before Visteon and Bosch using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free p
346. ion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRSO671 Forward facing step 5 5 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0697 Forward facing step 7 7 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 8 Check to make sure th
347. ion 4 wheel drive vehicles the vehicle must be stopped or moving at 4 mph 7 km h or less and the E Lock system switch must be turned ON When the E Lock switch is turned ON the indi cator light will flash until the system engages However if all operation conditions listed above are not met or the system becomes disengaged the indicator light will continue to flash The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the VDC light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON For additional information refer to Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system in the Starting and driving section of this manual for further explanation and system limitations AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning whic
348. ion refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child restraint with a harness Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height rec ommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer
349. ion on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Engine com partment check locations in this section CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL LDI2488 VQ40DE CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level
350. ion pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information ab
351. ion properly For addi tional information refer to Supplemental re straint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 20 Instruments and controls AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS a AWD shift indicator light ez model The light should turn off within 1 second after placing the ignition switch in the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other oo Automatic transmission position indicator light if so equipped For additional information refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational For additional information refer to Cruise con trol in
352. ional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the break in procedure recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle For additional information refer to Break in schedule in the Starting and driving section of this manual Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing August 2015 23 Publication No OM16EA OD40U0 Printed in U S A
353. ional vehicle appliances such as stoves refrigerators heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire incl
354. ipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB
355. is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned off under some con ditions depending on the weight detected on the front passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the front passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper per formance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a histor
356. is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2832 VQ40DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake LDI2833 QR25DE Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time For additional informa tion refer to Changing engine oil filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soa
357. is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into N Neutral or P Park or ona flat and level road REAR SONAR SYSTEM RSS if so equipped AWARNING Always turn and look back before back ing up The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving
358. is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For additional information on setting and managing custom text mes sages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the C6 wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Read Text after the tone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the 4 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available Siri Eyes Free If a connected phone is equipped with Siri it can also be used to create custom messages that are sent through the phone For additional information refer to Siri Eyes Free in this section NOTE Text messages are only dis
359. ith clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended t
360. ition systems 4 11 Backing up on a steep uphill Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis When backing up the vehicle down a hill the tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance lines are shown farther than the actual distance Note that any object on the hill is further than it Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor appears on the monitor 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course Settings Contrast _0_ Eeee LHA3639 Models without navigation ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the display settings of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without Navigation System 1 Firmly apply the brake and place the shift lever in R reverse 2 Press the ENTER SETTING button 3 The screen will display the Brightness set tings Auto re LHA3679 Models with navigation Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the setting up or down Press the ENT
361. iveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2361 Crew Cab The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position lf the head restraint neadrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position LRS2362 King Cab ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT Adjustable head restraints headrests have HEADREST COMPONENTS multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position 1 Removable head restraint hneadrest The non adjustable head 2 Multiple notches restraints headrests have a single locking 3 Lock knob notch to secure them to the seat frame 4 Stalks Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level
362. jp SEAN i r oo BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 BR 0 game aw Wp CY ISNT M CLUTCH if so equipped FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir The brake fluid reservoir is shared with the clutch hydraulic system for manual transmissions If the level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir mor
363. k forward by tachment holds the restraint in place If the eu a lifting up on the pull strap behind the seatback restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0576 Rear bench seat Crew Cab models only 1 Top tether strap 2 Tether strap 3 Tether anchor point Before securing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seating po sitions only Crew Cab models only follow these steps 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed For additional infor mation about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and under the head restraint headrest 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 4 Return the seatback to the locked position Refer back to child restraint installation steps before tightening the tether st
364. key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry key fob if so equipped ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NIS
365. king Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 mph 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving Starting and driving 5 29 Il 4WD shift indicator light The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display LSD0147 The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on 5 30 Starting and driving f the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION If the 4WD shift indicator light indication changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunc tioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks when Warning light There is a mal function in the 4 wheel drive system The difference
366. l injury Starting and driving 5 43 To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 5 44 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 2 02 00 0 6 2 PUSH Stain ee ceea AR Eri 6 13 First aid kit if so equipped 0 0c cece eee eee 6 2 If your vehicle overheatS 0 cece eee eee eee 6 13 Plot Ua wheweee coeeneeens ae eee ane onesnee T 6 3 Towing your vehicle citi sckewnsenmectaawsansawhaws 6 14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 15 Changing a flat tire 0 ccc eee 6 4 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 16 JOM Stari sesasine sna inaa A 6 11 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights f
367. l drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a passenger car The vehicle is not de signed for cornering at the same speeds as passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water For additional information refer to Wet brakes in this section Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Starting and driving 5 9 Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required For additional infor mation refer to Periodic maintenance in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so the ignition
368. l engage providing added traction The rear wheels may momentarily slip or move to engage the system and the system will only engage up to approximately 4 mph 7 km h Once the vehicle is free the system should be turned OFF and driving resumed The Anti Lock Brake ABS system is disabled and the ABS light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Also the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is disabled and the ft light illuminates when the E Lock system is ON Starting and driving 5 31 AWARNING Never leave the E Lock system ON when driving on paved or hard surfaced roads Turning the vehicle may result in the rear wheels slipping and result in an accident and personal injury After us ing the E Lock system to free the ve hicle turn the system OFF Use the E Lock system only when free ing a stuck vehicle Try the 4LO position before using the E Lock system Never use the E Lock system on a slippery road surface such as snow or ice sur face Using the E Lock system when driving in these road conditions may cause unexpected movement of the ve hicle during engine braking accelerat ing or turning which may result in an accident and serious personal injury 5 32 Starting and driving A CAUTION e After using the E Lock system turn the switch OFF to prevent possible damage to driveline components from extended use Do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 12 mph 20 km h when the system is en
369. l heating The indicator light on the SS button will go off 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Press the 7S button to the OFF position The indicator light on the gt button will go off 2 Press the airflow control button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog switch q7 9 Turnthe 9 position fan control dial to the desired 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the Y position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the out side temperature is more than 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The C amp mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating
370. l on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function lf the 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off For addi tional information refer to Using four wheel drive 4WD in this section Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator light for models with VDC and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instru ments and cont
371. l restraint system passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described in this section For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF occupant classification sensor operation can vary depend ing on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the 1 79 weight on the seat detected by the occupant classificati
372. lash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 Incase of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FIRST AID KIT if so equipped The first aid kit is located in the under seat stor age bins To access the first aid kit LCE0108 King Cab model For King Cab model lift up the rear jump seat and remove net to remove the first aid kit For addi tional information refer to Jump Seats if so equipped in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual LCE0113 Crew Cab model For Crew Cab model lift up the rear bench seat and remove the net to remove the first aid kit For additional information refer to Folding the rear bench seat up in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressu
373. lay as follows Tip A _ Trip B_ Trip l A_ S Bla Seo 123 129 Ae WIC0922 With trip computer For vehicles equipped with trip computer press ing the change reset button changes the display as follows Trip A_ Trip _ B_ Distance to Empty Average speed Average fuel consumption Journey time Trip _A For additional information refer to Trip com puter in this section Resetting the trip odometer Pressing the change reset button for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero FUEL Leap _ Loose fuel cap warning message Press the change reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warn ing message after the fuel cap has been tight ened For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Check tire pressure warning message The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message Is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected Check and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warn
374. lder belt height adjustment 1 23 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 1 82 Smartphone connectivity 4 73 Sonar Rear system 00 054s 5 41 Spark plug replacement 8 20 Spark plugs 6 06 bbe Se we a ae ee 8 20 OPECHICALIONS s s cea sn eee area de ee hs 9 9 Speedometer 00000 teens 2 4 SRS warning label 1 84 Stability COnirOl s aa ei siw amp eee ow We 5 37 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 Jump starting e 4 3 24 e 2 bw em 6 11 8 18 10 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push SIGNINGS e O44 ae ia oe oe eGo 6 13 Starting the engine 5 13 Starting the engine 5 13 Steering Power steering fluid 8 15 Power steering system 5 34 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Steering wheel 2 5 3 13 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 71 IODC Gen 2 ais bi amp Goa ee a ee 8 31 DIOGO 5 4 ev and 6 ee ee We ee a 2 39 Storage tray 2k Rowe Se we 2 39 2 42 Sunglasses case 2 00 02 eee 2 43 Sunroof see Moonroof 9 51 DUM VISOS bye awd e ae he Re a 3 14 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 84 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 85 2 20 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 77 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 84 P
375. leased The rapid flashing indicates suc cessful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink b
376. ll Repeat all songs in the current list are re peated Repeat Off no repeat play pattern is applied RANDOM RDM When the RDM button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Track Shuffle Album Shuffle Shuffle Off Track Shuffle the tracks in the current list will be played randomly Album Shuffle the albums in the current list will be played randomly Shuffle Off no random play pattern is applied BACK button When the BACK button is pressed it returns to the previous menu iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port For additional information refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper u
377. lly The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF pq or ZO position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor T located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the switch in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headli
378. lt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled 2 Anchor points Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 LRS0576 Rear bench seat Crew Cab models only i 2 3 Top tether strap Tether strap Tether anchor point The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed For additional infor mation about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and under the head restraint headrest Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint Return the seatback to the locked position Refer back to child restraint installation steps before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION U
379. luetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds Ifthe fi button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked
380. lutch interlock clutch start switch if so equipped P 2 37 Hill descent control switch if so equipped P 2 35 Outside mirror controls if so equipped P 3 17 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 0 8 Illustrated table of contents QR25DE engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Fuse Fusible link box P 8 25 Fuse and relay box P 8 25 Air cleaner P 8 21 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid reservoir P 8 15 Drive belt location P 8 19 Radiator cap P 8 9 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Battery P 8 17 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details VQ40DE engine 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 2 Fuse Fusible link box P 8 25 3 Fuse and relay box P 8 25 4 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 5 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 6 Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid reservoir P 8 15 el 7 Air cleaner P 8 21 TRAA 8 Drive belt location P 8 19 VA s AS 9 Radiator cap P 8 9 Alc l as 10 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 11 Battery P 8 17 a A MA 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 gt Engine cover removed for clarity Vi mse Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details
381. m mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the 4 button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone
382. may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 211 button on the key fob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the key fob Using the interior lights Press the button on the key fob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior lights in the Instruments and controls section in this manual LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the key fob To deactivate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds once more Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD CQ Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and
383. me when The doors are unlocked by the key fob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed Hi LIC0630 Type C if so equipped The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the key fob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged When the switch is in the OFF position 3 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 53 DOWN OPEN OFF Je UP CLOSE ON LICO791 MAP LIGHTS if so equipped To turn the map lights on press the lenses To turn them off press the lenses of the lights again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 54 Instruments and controls HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of
384. me of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or the volume knob on the control panel 2 The system announces Please say a cat egory like phone or a command like points of The voice command screen can also be interest followed by a brand name A list of accessed using the control panel display available commands is then spoken by the system Press the aPPs button 3 After the tone sounds and the face icon on Touch the Voice Commands key the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 a Call name Street Address addre Points of Interest na Navigation Information Play Song name My Apps Play Artist name ra Say Command E Phonebook p Exit SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Navigation Audio Information My Apps For additional i
385. minimum required by law Technical and consumer information 9 37 AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 38 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immed
386. ms Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright p d it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound quali Te Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ae specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Sk
387. n 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Type B if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine SIP SH Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems E3 Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular p
388. n gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Type A if so equipped WIC0854 LIC2866 Type B if so equipped SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Instruments and controls 2 27 REAR WINDOW OR OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH if so equipped LICO783 LIC1419 LIC3278 Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped Type C if so equipped To defrost the re
389. n the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception SXM band select Pressing the SXM button will change the band as follows SXM1 SXM2 SXM3 SXM1 satellite if so equipped When the SXM button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pressed to turn the radio on When the SXM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the SXM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on While the radio is in SXM mode the operation can be controlled through the touch screen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a cat egory displayed on the list to display options within that category Tuning with the touch screen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touch screen To bring up the visual tuner tou
390. n and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped Use the night position T to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation t LPD0446 Type A if so equipped The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described To turn off the anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off To turn on the anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on Pre driving checks and adjustment
391. nd ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the C button to activate the air conditioner When the air con ditioner is on cooling and dehumidifying func tions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 amp 2 button to the OFF position 2 Press the 9 air flow control button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 Press the E button 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high press the SS button to the ON position Be sure to return the CS to the OFF position for normal cooling The indicator light on the SS button will go off You may also select MAX A C for quick cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 7 amp gt button to the OFF position The indicator light on the button will go off 2 Press the s air flow control button 3 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 4 Press the E button on 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de si
392. nd re place as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer for replacement parts if necessary A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire sus pending plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Failure to use the spacer may allow the chain to get stuck on the wheel nut holes Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change 6 8 Incase of emergency Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the followi
393. nd repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode Is active the iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat kk 1 a ta mode touch the Repeat key untilno 7 icon is displayed iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave
394. ndicator light if so equipped OIL TEMP FN OFF slight if so equipped ref ATP Automatic transmission park warning light se AWD shift indicator light P model cma Security indicator light if so equipped CZJ model H I BRAKE orl Brake warning light 3 Automatic transmission position indicator light Slip indicator light i if so equipped Charge warning light CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light 4LO Transfer 4LO position indicator light if so equipped CC model Door open warning light SET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Engine oil pressure warning light Electronic locking rear differential E Lock Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator system ON indicator light if so equipped light Low fuel warning light Front passenger air bag status light 2 14 Instruments and controls CHECKING LIGHTS With all doors closed apply the parking brake fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights if so equipped will come on BRAKE or n C7 w The following lights if so equipped come on briefly and then go off ABS or X A O 4Lo Se au OFF If any light fails to come on or operate in a way other than described it may indicate a burned out bulb and or a system malfunction Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Some indicators and war
395. ner s manual Text message integration requires that the phone support MAP Mes sage Access Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not support all text messaging features Please refer to www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for compatibility information as well as your device s Owner s manual The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the CS wheel button on the steering 2 Say Phone after the tone 3 Say Send Text after the tone 4 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For additional information about these op tions refer to Voice commands in this sec tion Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Nine predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes No Where are you When Custom Messages To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message
396. nformation refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for or Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the 4 button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you
397. ng general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items
398. ng instructions Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the 2 notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground In case of emergency 6 9 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 Tolift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 6 10 Incase of emergency 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated 2 4 until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustra
399. ng the rear bench seat down if so equipped The rear bench seatback can be tilted forward to access the child restraint anchor point locations or the jacking equipment To tilt the seatback forward pull the strap up and tilt the seatback The child restraint anchor points can be accessed behind the rear bench seatback The jacking equipment can be ac cessed from behind the passenger s side seat back Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury or death in an accident or sudden stop HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fect
400. nings are also displayed in the vehicle information display located to the right of the soeedometer For additional informa tion refer to Meters and gauges in this section WARNING LIGHTS AND 4WD warning light EA model OFF f 7 CHECK The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink For additional information refer to 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section of this manual A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for automatic transmission models stop the ve hicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position for manual trans mission models stop the vehicle and shift the shift lever to the N Neutral position with the clutch pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle che
401. nished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the Voice Recognition session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1 000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your p
402. nna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with Smartphone Inte gration technology This allows many compatible Smartphone applications to be displayed and easily controlled through the vehicle s touch screen NOTE A compatible smartphone and registration is required to use mobile applications or to access connected features of certain ve hicle applications REGISTERING WITH NISSANCONNECT MOBILE APPS To use the Smartphone Integration feature it Is necessary for the user to register In order to register visit the NissanConnect Mobile App website www nissanusa com connect or https canada nissanconnect com For Canada and sign up or create an account through the prompts on the NissanConnect Mobile App Once registered download the NissanConnect App from your compatible phone s application download source and then log into the applica tion If you already have an account created through the App please log in CONNECT PHONE To use this feature a compatible smartphone must be connected via Bluetooth
403. nomy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For QR25DE 2 wheel drive models GEAR CHANGE mph km h 1st to 2nd 11 17 2nd to 3rd 15 24 3rd to 4th 24 38 4th to 5th 35 56 For VQ40DE 4 wheel drive models and 4 wheel drive models 2H and 4H position GEAR CHANGE mph km h 1st to 2nd 11 17 2nd to 3rd 17 27 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 32 51 5th to 6th 45 72 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Allowable maximum speed in each gear 2 wheel drive models QR25DE engine GEAR mph km h 1st 34 54 2nd 58 94 3rd 89 144 Ath 5th 2 wheel drive models VQ40DE engine GEAR mph km h 1st 35 56 2nd 60 97 3rd 87 141 Ath 5th Starting and driving 5 19 4 wheel drive models VQ40DE engine 2H 4H position GEAR mph km h 1st 33 54 2nd 58 93 3rd 84 135 4th 5th 6th 4L position GEAR mph km h 1st 12 2
404. ns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 39 If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 40 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened
405. nsert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A v SEEK and TRACK Fast Forward Rewind buttons When the amp SEEK buttonor Y TRACK button is pressed while the compact disc is play ing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A Vv SEEK and TRACK buttons When the 4 SEEK button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track follow ing the present one starts to play from the begin ning Pressthe 4 SEEK button several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD advances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the Y TRACK button is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the Y TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back one track RPT repeat RDM random but
406. nsioner s cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction your Occupant Classifica tion Sensor OCS should be checked by a NISSAN dealer to verify it is still functioning correctly The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death 1 86 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 87 2 Instruments and controls INSUUIMCNT PANG 2 20004 nex sceee foeweieerseniaeeurie 2 2 Meters and gauges ssssassueerrrranrnnrrrrnae 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ce eens 2 4 TaCHOMG er eee vend onenente senses acetcenaunuses 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 PUG GAUGE wed jcecciwssestedgnt ea geeeemesaneed 2 2 7 Engine oil pressure gauge if so equipped 2 8 Voltmeter if so equipped c eee ee aes 2 8 Trip computer if so equipped 0000
407. nts that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit Refer to loading information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself XXX kg R XXX Ibs FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section Spare tire size Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label Add air
408. nty 6 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 FEONEMNA ANNE AN ee Laie ones 80W 90 or equivalent conventional non synthetic ieee reece ep ya ME oi EER e 3 3 8 pt 9 7 8 pt API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 L Genuine NISSAN differential oil synthetic 75W 140 or API oe GL 5 synthetic gear oil Rear final drive oil for 6 speed M T or E Lock vehicles 4 1 4 pt 3 1 2 pt 2 0 L Viscosity SAE 75W 140 See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil Technical and consumer information 9 3 Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid Multi purpose grease Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type DH PR or equivalent For additional information refer to Air conditioner specifica tion label in this section of the manual Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Air conditioning system oil Windshield washer fluid 1 1 4 gal HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system refrigerant For additional information refer to Air conditioner specifica tion label in this section of the manual 9 4 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION
409. o gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4A 5 6 19 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause It is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX t t 1 2 XX t t 3 XXX 4 LDI2786 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflat
410. o change the display brightness press BUTTON the 2_ button Pressing the button again will For additional information refer to RearView change the display to day or night display mode Monitor in this section If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 4 2 button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE THE ON OFF BUTTON VOL volume CONTROL KNOB Press the ON OFF button to turn audio function on and off Turn the volume control knob to adjust audio volume Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped 1 ENTER SETTING button models without AWARNING navigation a Failure to follow the warnings and in 2 CAMERA button models with navigation structions for proper use of the Rear View Monitor system could result in se rious injury or death 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems RearView Monitor is a convenience fea ture and is not a substitute for proper backing Always turn and look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle The distance guide l
411. o remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlo
412. ock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle REAR DOORS if so equipped 1 Open the driver s or passenger s door 2 From the outside pull the door handle toward you 3 Open the door to the desired position AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h For automatic transmission models All doors unlock automatically when the trans mission is placed in the P Park position For manual transmission models All doors unlock automatically when the key is re moved from the ignition Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK if so equipped Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry key fob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves
413. odify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or i aa E gt lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock 1 MAP button 5 W brightness control button 2 Display screen 6 BACK button 3 button 7 ENTER AUDIO button TUNE knob 4 aPPSG button 8 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 CAMERA button 10 NAV button For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding the Navigation system control buttons kk For additional information refer to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with navigation system or Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without navigation system in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes
414. oe E EEN 3 3 Locking with key ccctucceani det tebegeeeneed enka 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 05 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch Fso eCUIbped 2ainascemwecdadeseorcewe anni 3 4 Rear doors if so equipped 00 c cece eee 3 5 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 5 Child safety rear door lock if so equipped 3 6 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 6 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 7 POO Sete cures E E S EE EE EEEN 3 10 Fuel filler door 0cccee cece ceueceeseeeaas 3 11 PUG INGR CaO e denecntaniuetepestseeseerespedss 3 11 Steering WHEE sisseseade nee vaeaenraGaaue eee nas 3 13 Tilt operano 2 s3nsa024 asees eheSeteemseueevenrs 3 13 OUR ViSOlSyecewys erases E oer een rev avorar ss 3 14 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 000e 3 14 WINOLS DEEE ETE wewesarisee ese exens 3 15 Rearview mirror if so equipped 065 3 15 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror so COUIDDEd tecticeuenecocececsaeacecees ane 3 15 OUSIGS IMIONS indy cpg eh a9 Gek Yaar eh ang ass 3 16 TOG 0 xo oee Soca ares tare ees ease ne ad 3 17 TANG ONG seen nab ba heen E eecees E 3 17 Bed Extender if so equipped 0000e 3 21 Tie down hooks if so equipped 5 3 22 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transponder chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A k
415. of the text Press the DISP display button while the radio is playing to toggle the audio display between sta tion number and RDS Clock operation To turn the clock display on or off press the MENU button repeatedly until Clock appears on the display Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to toggle the setting ON or OFF Clock set 1 Press the MENU button and turn the TUNE FOLDER knob until Adjust Clock appears on the display 2 Press the MENU button 3 Change Hour will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the hours and then press MENU 4 Change Minute will appear on the screen Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to adjust the minutes and then press MENU The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds if no further adjustment Is per formed FM AM radio operation AM and FM buttons Press the AM button to change the band to AM If another audio source is playing when the AM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing Press the FM button to change the band as follows FM1 FM2 FM1 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 If another audio source is playing when the FM button is pressed the audio source playing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing A Vv SEEK and TRACK tuning button
416. og up 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CONTROLS 1 Fan speed control dial 2 Front window defroster button oO ON Oo A Rear window defroster switch if so equipped Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Max A C button Air flow control buttons A C air conditioner button Type A if so equipped WHA1406 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 LHA3167 Type B if so equipped CONTROLS 1 Fan speed control dial 2 Front window defroster button 2 Outside mirror defroster switch if so equipped Air recirculation button Temperature control dial Max A C button Air flow control buttons A C air conditioner button Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control buttons The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets MAX A C Air flows from center and side vents with maximum cooling air conditioning pe Air flows from center and side vents 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems gt Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets 74 Air flows mainly from foot outlets wi Air flows from defroster out lets and foot outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allo
417. ol devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Class Il hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 587 kg The Genuine NISSAN step bumper is consid ered a Class Il ball mount Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg 9 32 Technical and consumer information Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this s
418. ol unit Te oS Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor 8 Satellite sensors 9 Seat belt buckle switches 10 Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats 11 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag module This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 77 The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag Is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag sys tem operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sen sors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation
419. on sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sen sor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or m
420. on setting and managing custom text messages refer to Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button 2 Say Messaging 3 Say Read Text The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch on the steering wheel to scroll through all text mes sages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the 4 button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 1 Press the SETTING button 2 Use the TUNE FOLDER knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER but ton Bluetooth Select On or Off to turn the vehicle s Bluetooth system on or off Add Phone or Device To connect a phone to
421. on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the
422. onal information re fer to Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for changing a flat tire Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire re placement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle Low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following
423. onds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations SXM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous channel Press the ENTER button to show the SXM Menu iPod Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu USB Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to skip ahead or back to the next song Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to reverse or fast forward the current song AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the ante
424. ons as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature over the normal range turn the air conditioner off For additional information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting For additional information on heating and cooling refer to Heater and air conditioner manual in this section The air recirculation C amp gt button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 DEFROSTING 4a Air passed through BI LEVEL i pesseaihioudh DEFOGGING heater core HEATING heater core a Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature Fan control dial Air recirculation Temperature button control dial button control dial Air conditioner button Air flow Air conditioner button Air flow controls controls Air Air A C Air flow Temp Fan A C Air flow Tem Fan recirculation Button control toniel control een Button control control control button oFF s ein eiim oF oo R RIGHT palin OFF eee 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATING Air passed through HEATING amp q Air passed through DEFROSTING DEF
425. oor unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior lights illuminate for a period of time when the interior light switch is in the normal operation position 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Press the if within 5 seconds button on the key fob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the key fob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the button on the key fob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is performed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Opening windows if so equipped The key fob allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation To open the windows press the but ton on the key fob for longer than 3 sec onds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the key fob The door windows cannot be closed by using the key fob Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you
426. ople or animals Adjust air flow direction for the vents directed at the driver s and passenger s side windows Q driver and passenger 2 or center 3 by moving the vent slide and or vent assemblies e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle CONTROLS 1 Fan control dial 2 Temperature control dial 3 Air flow control dial 4 Air recirculation button Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control buttons allow you to select the air flow outlets Air flows from center and side vents Air flows from center and side vents and the front and rear floor outlets Air flows mainly from the front and rear floor outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and the front and rear floor outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Temperature control dial T
427. or light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Hill descent control system ON indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light comes on briefly and then turns off The light comes on when the hill descent control system is activated If the hill descent control switch is on and the indicator light blinks the system is not engaged If the indicator light does not come on when the hill descent switch is on the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Hill descent control system on indicator light in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap Is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the O light should turn off if no other potential emission control syst
428. ou may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero en Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call For additional information refer to List of voice commands and Special number in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five
429. out tire type size speed rating and availability 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires
430. ove in a collision or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information about proper use and installation refer to Child restraints in this section If the front passenger seat is not occupied the front passenger air bag is designed not to inflate ina crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the front passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated indi cating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly 1 80 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on t
431. own about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers WIC0828 Bottle holder Rear seat Crew Cab AWARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying Capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or abnor mal handling maneuvers e Roof rack load should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION ROOF RACK if so equipped Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool Instruments and controls 2 47 Always evenly distribute the cargo on the tubular roof rack The maximum total load is 125 Ib 56 kg evenly distributed Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s side door jamb pillar For additional information regarding GVWR
432. ox P 2 39 Rear seats P 1 2 Flat tire Jacking equipment storage P 6 3 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details T AOE D a Sf ao Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Vents P 4 16 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped P 4 71 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 68 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 70 Horn P 2 33 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Warning and indicator lights P 2 14 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 21 Wiper and washer switch P 2 27 Storage P 2 39 Audio system P 4 36 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 70 Upper and lower glove box P 2 43 Passenger air bag status light P 1 79 Power outlet P 2 38 Power outlet if so equipped P 2 38 15 24 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if so equipped P 2 36 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 34 Rear sonar switch if so equipped P 2 38 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 35 Shift lever P 5 14 5 18 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 26 Climate controls P 4 16 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 Ignition switch P 5 10 Tilt steering wheel control if so equipped P 3 13 Cargo lamp switch P 2 33 C
433. p 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 LRSO669 LRS0670 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0762 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT fore you place the child in it Push it from side BELTS JUMP SEAT Kin
434. p is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the fa button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the 4 button and after the tone say Call Redial Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the fi button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the f button and after the tone say Call Redial CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel C4 PHONE SEND Press the 4 button to initiate a NISSAN Voice Recognition ses sion or answer an incoming Call lt gt You can also use the f button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once For additional information refer to Voice commands and During a call in this section
435. p or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 25 ft lb 34 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely For additional information on drain and refill Capacity refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary LDI2834 VQ40DE CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 LDI2865 QR25DE 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Unscrew A the plate covering the oil filter exposing the filter For VO40DE engine 5 Loosen t
436. pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely ENGINE COMPARTMENT AWARNING Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire
437. pen and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows liftgates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the liftgate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Do not occupy these areas while the engine is running even if the vehicle is parked Some recreat
438. play ing turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT repeat button When the RPT repeat button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Track Repeat gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 RDM random button When the RDM random button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 Disc Random OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random OFF 1 Disc Random all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied 4 CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the la
439. played if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h NOTE For Apple iPhones text messages can only be sent through Siri 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 8 PHONE amp BLUETOOTH SETTINGS 1 Press the aPPs button Phone Settings 2 Touch the Settings key Connect New Device Select Connected Device 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Device m LHA2844 Phone Settings For additional information refer to Phone settings in this section Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Select to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Select to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth Select to toggle Bluetooth on and off Select Connected Device Select to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings h Press the aPPs button 2 Touch the Settings key 3 Touch the Phone amp Bluetooth key 4
440. plays the iPod If the audio system is on the audio system auto matically begins playing tracks from the iPod when it is plugged into the port MEDIA button Press the MEDIA button while the iPod is con nected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE SCROLL knob Press ENTER SETTING button to select a menu item Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order Now playing e Playlists Artists e Albums 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle songs For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual regarding each item SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pressed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated A
441. press the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard brak
442. r air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players ect 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake and clutch if so equipped fluid lev els Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust se
443. r button VOL volume Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the power button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the power button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes ENTER SETTING button Press the ENTER SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER SETTING button to make a selection Adjusts the fade to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases Set to OFF to disable the feature The higher the setting the more the volume in Speed Sens Vol Speed Sensitive Volume AUX Vol creases in relation to vehicle speed Choose a setting from O to 3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume A setting of O provides no additional boost in volume A setting of 3 provides the greatest boost in volume Brightness and Contrast Adjust the brightness or contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen
444. r coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information on precautions refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system
445. ra few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual To remove the fuel filler cap If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to flush it away with water to avoid paint remove damage 2 Loop the tether strap around the hook while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL _ caP_ LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis plays in the odometer when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning message perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as de scribed above as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks STEERING WHEEL 3 Press the loose fuel cap change reset but ton A in the meter for about one second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap For additional information refer to Meters and gauges in the Instruments and controls section of this manual
446. raint will not be properly installed us ing the damaged anchorages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt 1 Pull the cover plate off to access the top tether strap routing bracket for the jump seat 2 Route the top tether strap through the rout ing bracket 3 Secure the top tether strap to the tether anchor point located between the seat belt buckles in the center of the vehicle 4 Refer back to child restraint installation steps before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle follow the instructions out lined in this section Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Low back boos
447. raise the hood 3 Insert the support rod into the slot on the underside of the hood When closing the hood return the hood rod to its original position Lower the hood approximately 12 in 30 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood FUEL FILLER DOOR FUEL FILLER CAP AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do
448. rap Ol If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH JUMP SEAT King Cab models only AWARNING If a child restraint system is not in stalled properly the child could be seri ously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s side jump seat without unfolding the seat extender 1 49 For forward facing child seats and boosters DO NOT install if the child restraint base extends past the for ward edge of the driver s side seat cushion For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraint sections of this manual before installing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a child restraint on the jump seat 1 To access the jump seat extension passen
449. re warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning mes sage is displayed in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For additional informa tion refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and Con trols section and Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem TPMS in the Starting and Driving section of this manual AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use In case of emergency 6 3 If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and
450. reas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide Significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision uns
451. recautions on supplemental restraint SysSteM 2 Ge See So cere ea ek 1 70 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 70 Switch Autolight switch 2 30 Automatic power window switch 2 50 Clutch interlock clutch start switch 2 37 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock SYSIEM SWITCH sa ca ae ava oe ea taa 2 36 Fog light switch 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Hill descent control switch 2 35 OMON SWIICH lt s ooe ane Se ow ean e a 5 10 Instrument brightness control 2 32 Overdrive switch 004 5 17 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear sonar system off switch 2 38 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWiClis e do be amp eka eee eee 2 28 Rear window defroster switch 2 28 Turn signal switch a 220 w aw ed ges 2 32 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWO a ba ee aoe Ae eee Se d 2 35 T Tachometer os Gna eee ed a tapad ghid 2 6 Tailgate naaa aaa 3 17 3 17 Tailgate latch 3 21 3 22 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start aoaaa 2 25 5 12 Three way catalyst 6 6 aaa 5 3 Tie down hooks nauau aaa aaa 3 22 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Tire Flat Es a 4 2 4b odo a SE 6 3 Opare IG ou eed bes
452. rectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the Bi button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal The key fob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry The operational range of the key fob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This devise complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LI
453. red position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 Press the 9 air flow control button 2 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 3 Press the C button P ne When the WY or a positions are se lected the air conditioner automatically turns on if the outside temperature is more than 36 F 2 C The air conditioning system will continue to op erate until the 8 fan control dial is turned to OFF the air conditioner is turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if a position other than the 7 air flow control button is selected This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the wind shield The 7 amp 2 mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passen ger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment Then close the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditi
454. refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 ZE SETTINGS Phone amp g Bluetooth Touch screen operation previous screen Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Audio key touch the Audio key on the screen Press the BACK button to return to the Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to
455. res of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differen tial gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or co
456. restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only For addi tional information refer to Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0698 For
457. restraints headrests adjust Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten the seat belt and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON position For additional information refer to Warning lights indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls sec tion of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pe
458. rfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 mile 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 805 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart Technical and consumer information 9 25 LTI0161 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passeng
459. rine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dres
460. river s Lumbar support if so equipped for seat driver s seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of The lumbar support feature provides adjustable the seat cushion to the desired position lower back support to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking
461. rld Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than metha nol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 Technical and consumer information 9 5 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely
462. rol button 3 Turnthe position fan control dial to the desired 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Press the defrost defog button GY 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the highest setting and the temperature control to the full HOT position When the ty position is selected the SS mode automatically turns off al lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas senger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Bi level heating The bi level mode directs warmed air to the side and center vents and to the front and rear floor outlets 1 Press the VS button to the OFF position The indicator light on the E gt button will go off 2 Press the ad air flow control button 3 Turnthe fan control dial to the desired position 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield P 1 Press the air flow control button 2 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 3 T
463. rols section of this manual If a malfunction occurs in the system the fi indicator light will come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are off The VDC OFF switch Is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The Starting and driving 5 37 indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the ff indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing Operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully 5 38 Starting and driving e Do
464. rosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with
465. rrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation lt 4 cnscanenteceesatacweenss 9 5 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 7 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations sssssssssssrrrrrrrrnnno 9 8 SPESO ONS e rE ERA E EA 9 9 PNOING E E E E T EE E teen ace 9 9 Wheels and tires cc cictredaeesveeeespacicee ce 9 10 Dimensions and weights 5 9 10 When traveling or registering in another country 9 11 Vehicle identification ssssssasueerarrannnnnnn 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Engine serial number 2 002200e 9 12 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 13 Air conditioner specification label if so equipped nec cwannunys din eekuayennsesusos 9 13 Installing front license plate 9 13 Installing front license plate with grommets 9 13 Installing front license plate without Q OMIMGlS stttcenivadscxesdcieeGadtwseacee ne 9 14 Vehicle loading information 22 22 00 9 14 Ton EEEE E E ataee ne teawawnaeeeen ta
466. ry to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able For additional information refer to Owner s Manual Service Manual order information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating diffi
467. s Pressthe 4 SEEK button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcast ing station Press the Y TRACK button to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully i
468. s tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed or with the key fob Key
469. s polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS if so equipped AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision injury or death NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information see a NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this
470. s 3 15 OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident LPD0470 Type B if so equipped Manual control type if so equipped For information on HomeLink Universal Trans l ees ceiver if so equipped operation refer to the The outside mirror can be moved in any direction HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the In for a better rear view struments and controls section of this manual For additional information about the compass 2 and compass features refer to Compass dis play in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments TRUCK BOX Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Move the large switch to adjust each mirror to the desired position Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice
471. s and hold the button for 5 sec onds to quit the NISSAN Voice Recognition system at any time ENTER button tuning switch While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system Press the ENTER button to select an option on the display screen 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional information refer to List of voice com mands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the fi than 5 seconds button for more 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND f4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the button For information on voice adaptation refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND 4 button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch
472. scent control switch if so equipped 2 35 Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch if SO EQUIDPEd 6 cece ees 2 36 Clutch interlock clutch start switch if SO equipped ccc eet ene eee nees 2 37 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped 2 38 Power OURClS aii eacs ees wetter sens Oswaese oe oct ewe 2 38 ELE o a 2ku cous duemaseueneseuceneanceueeeesen en 2 39 Storage WANS sensed cased coensepessepescqaes 2 39 Console DOK cis eons torent eneeriweeeee ture cst 2 40 Under seat storage bins 05 5 2 42 Clo als Gene an ee ee ee 2 43 Sunglasses holder if so equipped 2 43 Map pockets caciatuwtancceaered oeteuces oe ads 2 44 Seatback pocket if so equipped 5 2 45 HUD DolderS snuad ukewacdeds wacelaaeeeeeen RENES 2 45 Roof rack if so equipped 00 cece eee es 2 47 VVIDC OWS anexueeneeuyacwesuacdeaunenenurecessu es 2 48 Power windows if so equipped 065 2 48 Manual windows if so equipped 065 2 50 Rear sliding window if so equipped 2 51 Moonroof if So equipped 0 0 c cece eee eee 2 51 Power MOOMlOOlacegcenseseeonaeeuenceeceeu tes 2 51 Mteror OMG peeaetiestadeteseme pega see eee scenes Map lights if so equipped 0 cece eee ee HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink 2 00005 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers an
473. se and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB port located in the center console 1 Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 3 0 or later iPod Classic 6th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 1 or later iPod Classic 7th generation firmware ver sion 2 0 4 or later iPod Touch 2nd generation firmware ver sion 4 2 1 or later iPod Touch 3rd generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod Touch 4th generation firmware ver sion 5 1 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firm
474. se instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some 1 Press and hold the button for about areas this difference can sometimes be great 11 seconds or the N button for about enough to cause false compass readings Follow 8 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release the button 2 12 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 13 WARNING LIGHTS INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS AWD warning light J model roy Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light blue ABS ol Anti lock Braking System ABS S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light Hill descent control system ON indicator light warning light if so equipped if so equipped AT Automatic transmission check warning light hi Seat belt warning light and chime Malfunction Indicator Light MIL CHECK if so equipped a AT Automatic transmission oil temperature warning e Supplemental air bag warning light O D Overdrive OFF i
475. sed on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Bumper towing The Genuine NISSAN step bumper has provi sions to install a trailer hitch ball and is designed to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg To install a trailer hitch ball cut out the circle in the center of the step bumper then remove it to install the trailer hitch ball Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 lbs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surg
476. seeaneeeusenaees 1 3 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped 1 cece cece cece eee 1 5 Rear bench seat if so equipped 065 1 6 Jump seat if so equipped 0 eee eee es 1 7 Armrest if so equipped 000 cece eee eee 1 7 Flexible seating ties aceputeee ee sat beoeectess 1 7 Head restraints headrests 2 002000 1 10 Adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONENIS 40a ecie susie peee eer bow nerd aaaeies 1 11 Non adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONE ri umeueecereues seeped eae gn een es 1 12 REMOVE rep rao ar EEE bac E een EOE cee cae 1 12 Moal cdo ceed rei Earn EEDA RREAN E 1 13 POMS E E E E E E E es 1 13 Front seat active head restraints 1 14 Deal Dello E A E ees E E E TT 1 15 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 15 Seat belt warning light 0 2 002e ee 1 18 Pregnant WOMEN ssrssrsisesdensko rinrariiei aes 1 18 Injured persons c lt rdcesnsapteteeciuixeece teens 1 18 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 18 Seat belt extenders 0 00 cc eee nrn eee 1 23 Seat belt maintenance 0 0 c eee eee eee 1 23 CHG Sale Ws 484244 pene Geng a E EAS 1 24 MASc neue eae 2h eet aes esi teens nen sabes oe 1 25 Small children sasana oba wee ac da wed ew kaw ae 1 25 Larger CHNGICNte eta eeetoesecteshen ees a nntaees 1 25 Child restraints 4ccc00asee00eewdsnead oe cedwiesads 1 26 Precautions on child restraints
477. sing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor pressure sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material 7 4 Appearance and care Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxe
478. sissauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Panel i sc lt tolarserdeveetacateeresredeks 0 6 EXIOrOr Ola owe g ohn nee she AAEE ANNEE 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 eeo e EE E E E E E ET 0 4 Warning and indicator lights 0000e cece ee 0 10 Passenger compartment cece eee eens 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents Rear seat belts P 1 15 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 70 Head restraints headrests P 1 10 Front seat belts with pretensioner s and shoulder height adjuster P 1 15 1 70 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 70 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification s
479. ss the button to accept the call Press the button to reject the call ENDING A CALL To end an active call press the button TEXT MESSAGING AWARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using the feature Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 NOTE Many phones may require special permis sion to enable text messaging Check the phone s screen during Bluetooth pairing For some phones you may need to enable Notifications in the phone s Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit Please consult you phone s Own er s manual Text message integration re quires that the phone support MAP Mes sage Access Profile for both receiving and sending text messages Some phones may not support all text messaging features Ple
480. ssthe Y TRACK button to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station Press and hold either button to seek at a faster speed SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the M4 SEEK button or the TRACK button Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and a beep is heard 3 Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play MEDIA button With a CD loaded press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on t
481. st the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the i button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the NISSAN Voice Recogni tion session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition session and re turns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call co
482. st much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER WDI0686 VQ40DE The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the VO40DE air cleaner filter A Push down on the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter To remove the QR25DE air cleaner filter 1 Unlatch the clips A 8 LDI0465 QR25DE 2 Push down half of air cleaner to clear the bottom retainers 3 Lift up on half of air cleaner to remove the air cleaner filter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to s
483. st source will be played When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System regarding the iPod player available with this system in this section For additional information refer to USB Univer sal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System regarding the USB connec tion port available with this system in this section For additional information refer to Bluetooth streaming audio without Navigation System about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system in this section 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Ca pe 11 SXM FM i 10 gt cD Payee ON OFF YOL 15 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped 1 amp CD eject button 2 FM AM button AUX button CD insert slot M4 Backward seek button and Forward seek button BACK button gt P 7 AUDIO button TUNE knob 8 Display screen 9 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 10 CD button 11 SXM button No satellite radio reception is available when the SXM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite r
484. straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The Utili track channel system allows you to move tie down clamps in the bed to the best location to secure a load The tie down cleats must be installed so the clamp is properly seated in the notches in the rail If the tie down cleat is not seated in the notches it will not be flush with the rail and cannot be properly tightened The bolt in the center of the cleat must be tightened hand tight 20 40 in lbs Check the tightness of the tie down cleat peri odically during a trip to make sure the center bolt has not become loose Install the tie down cleat as follows 1 Remove the side channels by sliding them out the back of the truck bed Properly store the side channels 2 Loosen the center bolt completely 3 Insert the cleat into the channel perpendicu lar to the channel as shown Then rotate the cleat clockwise 90 and slide it to the de sired location 4 Position the cleat so the nubs on the bottom fully seat into the channel detents Technical and consumer information 9 19 5 There should be no gap between the bottom of the cleat and the top of the channel Tighten the center bolt hand tight 20 40 in Ibs 9 20 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION Install only one cleat per section of channel Applying loads at angles to the cleats greater
485. system operation 4 11 Difference between predicted and actual distan CGS con heey A E ER ESEN 4 11 Adjusting the SCIECNiiaacceuwsrcancacdakseewen nd 4 13 RearView Monitor system limitations 4 14 System maintenancCe cece ees 4 15 VOS 25 2540600004 0c6050 sab eadas aA AARE 4 16 Heater manual if so equipped 0008 4 16 oira e so ence EE E onesee 4 17 Heater operation 0 0c cece eee eee 4 18 Airt fow Chios osc wecnececeumessetucwetad asiasi 4 19 Heater and air conditioner manual fso eguipped 2 cncesssccceded deemed vieeaeenceaes 4 29 COMO Scents ene ceueeoneetsecbeenaoredas CONE ONS atu t done poe teen ee ee E Heater operation 32064 nssbsderscteamsene evens Air conditioner operation 05 Air TOW Charla amp tows annar Oe cee ee eed eee Rater ee Heater and air conditioner automatic if SO equipped 6 kee cece eens Automatic operation n4css bd eee kanwe eden wedan Manual operation s duccteecceneeesseceutecueees Operating UPS uence er avcweretd pines ean erinda Servicing Air Conditioner if so equipped Audio SYSICM sveuscutesa beens terczdceceneee setex RadIO ste acne eave eee See ee ee eee FM radio reception 42 nauntascecueennureceeeds AM radio reception 2s 24seqesesnsancaseewter adie Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 000 eee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player
486. t belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly AWARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may
487. t fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km For additional information on tire replac ing procedures refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section in this manual As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also
488. t from the actual color of objects Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark environment There may be a delay when switching be tween views If dirt rain or snow accumulate on the cam era RearView Monitor may not display ob jects clearly Clean the camera Do not use wax on the camera lens Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent then wipe with a dry cloth SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A CAUTION Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected If dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera 1 the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects clearly Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 VENTS HEATER manual if so equipped AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to pe
489. t safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST AWARNING A vehicle equipped with Four Wheel Drive 4WD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in transmission damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could re sult in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when tt is driven through certain driving patter
490. t there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sa
491. t until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition session You can also press and hold the 4 button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Whenever the NISSAN Voice Recognition session is can celled a double bee
492. tart the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure 1 Open the glove box and press in on the sides so that it will open completely allowing it to hang by the cord o Th j e pir ee 2 Gently lift up on the tab 3 Pull the filter cover toward you and then down 2 4 Remove the old filter 3 NOTE The filter is marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 5 Insert the new filter into the housing and slide it over to the right 6 Replace the filter cover The cover will click into place under the tab 7 Install the glove box door WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with cle
493. tch is in the ACC or ON position Open the cap to use a power outlet LICO761 Center console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See a NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquids to contact the outlet STORAGE LIC1539 Top center tray STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 39 LICO818 LICO819 LIC0823 A T model M T model Type A if so equipped M T model Type B if so equipped CONSOLE BOX Pull up on the lever 4 to open the console box lid 2 40 Instruments and
494. te problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles any more 5 6 Starting and driving than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt For additional information refer to Driving safety precautions in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined
495. ted 1 2 3 4 6 Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 620 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening 5 Securely store the jacking equipment in the vehicle and the flat tire under the vehicle For additional information about storing the flat tire refer to Getting the spare tire and tools in this section AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use
496. tem will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND 46 button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END 4 button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid For additional information refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker For additional information refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this sectio
497. ter seat High back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 65 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat
498. terioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear
499. termarket trailer brake controller A Genuine NISSAN jumper harness is available that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake controller Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake con troller according to the manufacturer s instruc tions Technical and consumer information 9 33 Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle 9 34 Technical and consumer information Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing
500. than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually For additional information about adjusting the seats refer to the steps outlined in this section Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRS0131 Seat lifter if so equipped for d
501. the Starting and driving section of this manual GET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running It may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer DIFF Electronic locking rear LOCK differential E Lock system ON indicator light if so equipped This light comes on when the electronic locking rear differential E Lock system clutch is fully engaged The indicator light flashes when the system is first turned on When the system fully engages the light remains on If the switch is on and the indicator light continues to flash the system is not engaged For additional information refer to Electronic locking rear differential E Lock system switch in this section and Electronic locking rear differ ential E Lock system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual 3e Front passenger air bag status S A light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For additional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual HO High beam indicat
502. the reset procedure have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the VDC system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal The VDC system will be disabled and the VDC light will illuminate when the electronic locking rear differential E lock system switch if so equipped is turned on and the E lock system is engaged If the E lock system disengages or the switch is turned off the VDC system will be enabled and the VDC light will turn off Instruments and controls 2 23 AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle 2 24 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS if so equipped Your vehicle may have two types of security sy
503. the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port For additional information refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB port located in the center console 1 Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 3 or later iPod Classic 80GB firmware version 1 1 2PC or later iPod Classic 120GB firmware version 2 0 1PC or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1
504. the bed extender or tailgate to secure cargo 4 Close the tailgate 5 Place cargo inside the bed extender in the truck bed 6 Properly secure the cargo Positioning the bed extender To use the bed extender in the inward position perform the following 1 Rotate the bed extender 1 toward the cab of the truck 2 f necessary remove tethers from the tailgate latch 3 Tighten the knobs to secure the extender into the desired position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 To use the bed extender in the outward position perform the following 1 Open the tailgate 2 Rotate the bed extender 2 away from the cab of the truck until the extender sits on the tailgate 3 Lock the buckles 8 into the tailgate latch on both sides The bed extender can be adjusted in the outward position by moving the extender along the rail 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE Use care when rotating extender buckles may come in contact with the truck bed railing Removing and installing the bed extender To remove or install the bed extender perform the following 1 Open the tailgate 2 Rotate the bed extender into a vertical posi tion and lift straight up to remove or lower straight down to install To store the bed extender in the front of the truck when not in use perform the following 1 Position the sliding brackets past the center of the wheel well 2 Re install the extend
505. the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an ad
506. the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must be set to manual for this option to be available Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off Choose the applicable time zone from the list Touch this key to change the language on the display Touch this key to change the camera settings 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch this key to change the temperature unit being displayed Fahrenheit or Celsius Toggles the touchscreen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on S _ the screen or a button on the unit such as the Xd button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Return to Factory Settings Clear Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Memory Touch this key to display software licensing information Touch this key to display traffic settings For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Touch this key to display SXM status information For additional information refer to Audio System in this section BUTTON HOW TO USE THE CAMERA T
507. tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always properly use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some con ditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 71 Sit upright and well back 1 72 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING N
508. tions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO Use the Electronic Locking Rear Differential A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD E Lock system if so equipped Turn the switch ON while the vehicle is stationary and apply the throttle to try to free the vehicle If it is difficult to free the vehicle rock the vehicle back and forth between reverse and drive gears If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD 4H or 4LO position depending on driving conditions If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the 4H or 4LO posi tion you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal shift switch to the 2WD or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 or manual transmission 1st gear or 2nd gear for engine bra
509. tions in this Owner s Manual 1 81 LRS2501 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with t
510. tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park
511. tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal Starting and driving 5 3 function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing 1 or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information Since the spare tire is not equipped with the TPMS the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving 5 4 Starting and driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure of your tires are adjusted After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the
512. to be played Play Album name Allows user to select album name to be played For additional information refer to Audio sys tem in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem Traffic Fuel Prices Stocks Movie Listings Current Weather Weather Map 5 day Forecast 6 hour Forecast For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MY APPS VOICE COMMANDS Many Apps can be accessed using this voice command For additional information refer to NissanConnect Mobile Apps in this section HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say General Help Quit Exit TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recogni
513. to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Infla tion Pressure Front Original Tire 235 75R15 P265 70R16 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI P265 75R16 P265 60R18 Rear Original Tire 235 75R15 P265 70R16 P265 75R16 P265 60R18 Spare Tire 235 75R15 P265 70R16 P265 75R16 P265 60R18 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 R t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect rati
514. to the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector A flat 4 pin har ness is available from your dealer for vehicles without a tow package If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed Vehicles equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector are pre wired for a trailer brake con troller See a NISSAN dealer
515. ton Press the RPT repeat RDM random button while a compact disc is playing to change the play pattern as follows CD TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM DISC REPEAT MP3 WMA CD FOLDER REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC RANDOM FOLDER RANDOM gt DISC RE PEAT TRACK REPEAT The track that is currently play ing will be repeated DISC RANDOM The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play DISC REPEAT The disc currently playing will be repeated FOLDER REPEAT The tracks in the current folder will be repeated FOLDER RANDOM The order of the tracks in the folder will be mixed during play SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button for less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 sec onds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode 4 CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input suc
516. traint headrest when the child re straint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section 1 63 2 Position the top tether strap over the seat back 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the bottom of the seatback behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when install ing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult a NISSAN dealer for details LRS0561 Jump seat King Cab models only 1 Top tether strap 2 Routing bracket 3 Tether anchor point Installing top tether strap jump seat King Cab models only AWARNING e Do not secure the top tether strap to the routing bracket If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a colli sion or a sudden stop greatly increases 1 64 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child re st
517. trols 2 35 the 4WD switch must be in the 4H position and the vehicle speed must be under 35 km h 21 mph and the hill descent control system switch must be ON The hill descent control system on indicator light will come on when the system is activated Also the stop tail lights illuminate while the hill descent control system applies the brakes to control ve hicle speed If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on the system will stop operating temporarily As soon as the accelerator or brake pedal is released the hill descent control system begins to function again if the hill descent control operating condi tions are fulfilled The hill descent control system on indicator light blinks if the switch is on and all conditions for system activation are not met or if the system becomes disengaged for any reason To turn off the hill descent control system push the switch to the OFF position For additional information refer to Hill descent control system on indicator light in this section and Hill descent control system in the Starting and driving section of this manual 2 36 Instruments and controls ELECTRONIC LOCKING REAR DIFFERENTIAL E Lock SYSTEM SWITCH if so equipped The E Lock system can help provide added trac tion if the vehicle is stuck or becoming stuck To activate the E Lock system the 4WD switch must be in the 4LO posit
518. turer s instructions for installation 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats Crew Cab models only or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and in stallation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child
519. u neeeee eerie ee ewes 4 76 Car phone or CB radio wic wcnnae onsen ak hese eke 4 77 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type A if so equipped 4 77 Regulatory Information 0 cece eens 4 79 Using the SV Stel sen asanetacencsereeetanamerued 4 79 COMO DUUOOS reris onean ipaa 4 82 Getting stated cscirecsrisiest erresis east 4 82 List of voice Commands 0 0e eee eens 4 84 Voice Adaptation VA mode 000e cues 4 89 Manual Control ennes kine ceacne cords erie newer 4 90 Troubleshooting guide 2 0 00 4 91 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System Type B if so equipped 4 92 Regulatory Information 0 eee eens 4 93 Using the SYStOMis 222c0ca2e5 deecededesedddwes 4 94 Control DUNONS secsi secpsedachees seencdaacen 4 95 Connecting procedure 6 c cece eens 4 96 Voice commands a saei wan cucs dees deeeekenden 4 97 Making a Cal ocemeedcmeaeeenelereeas eee eed 4 98 Receiving a call scusngsse se dese cage dee traces 4 99 DURING 2 Cdl aeresceteeneeseeuteeses EEST cued 4 99 Text Mie senha deters steer es sescees Hears 4 106 Ending C7 Callla chcmeenitaumarouvesoennecasensem 4 99 Bluetooth settings ce eee eee 4 109 Text messaging edewwisecedcscedaviscawieee aus 4 99 Phone SEUINGS dsenwed eat ordwaeerdeouciwesen 4 110 Bluetooth settings 00 cece eee eee 4 101 NISSAN Voice Recognition
520. uality grading saaa aaa 9 37 USB interface aooaa 4 59 4 61 Audio file operation 4 60 4 62 Variable voltage control system Vehicle dimensions and weights Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Vehicle identification Vehicle identification number VIN Vehicle identification number VIN plate Vehicle immobilizer system Vehicle loading information Vehicle recovery Vehicle security system Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start Voice Prompt Interrupt Voice recognition system 4WD warning light Air bag warning light Anti lock brake warning light Battery charge warning light Brake warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Hazard warning flasher switch Loose fuel cap warning 2 5 3 11 Low fuel warning light 2 17 Low tire pressure warning light 2 18 Low windshield washer fluid warning NGM se a we ee a oe ee ue ae A 2 19 Passenger air bag and status light 1 79 Seat belt warning light 1 18 2 19 Supplemental air bag warning Chia ae ea a ee 1 85 2 20 Vehicle security system 2 24 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 14 2 15 2 20 Warning labels for SRS 1 84 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 00 4 2 14 2 15 2 20 Audible reminders
521. uble beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call For additional information refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exi
522. uding the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when 1 or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also re duces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low
523. uid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort and pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and i
524. up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition session You can also press and hold the 4 button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the NISSAN Voice Recognition session Whenever the NISSAN Voice Recognition session is can celled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the f amp button on the steering wheel To use the system faster y
525. up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency devices such as garage doors gates home and of fice lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink in this section AWARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is
526. ur vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for 4 wheel drive models a 33 mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate 4 wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or a collision For additional infor mation refer to Driving safety precau tions in the Starting and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIV ING
527. urely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance UNLOCK A Blocks B Flat tire Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools King Cab models The tool storage compartment is located be tween the two rear jump seats 1 Turn the knob from the lock to the unlock position and remove the lid from the tool storage compartment 2 Release the strap to remove the tool bag Collapse the jack to remove it from the stor age location by inserting the wheel nut wrench into the jack screw at the top of the jack as shown Turn the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise as shown until the jack screw becomes loose Then loosen the jack with your fingers to free 4 Remove the Jack To reinstall the jack and tools reverse steps 1 to 4 In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 In case of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools Crew Cab models The tools and tool bag are located behind the rear ben
528. urn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position e ifthe air flow control button is se lected for more than 1 minute the system will continue to operate until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The lt amp gt mode automati cally turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating or defrosting The air recirculation button should always be in the OFF position for heating and defrosting Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 DEFROSTING Air passed through DEFOGGING heater core Fan control Temperature Air flow dial control dial control dial 3 Air recirculation button E Air Air flow Temp Fan i i HOT RIGHT BI LEVEL HEATING Fan control dial Air passed through heater core Temperature Air flow control dial control dial PER VS Air recirculation button 3 Air Air flow Temp Fan F z 6 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOT al e or HEATING Qa Air passed throu
529. ush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The g indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH if so equipped A WARNING Never rely solely on the hill descent
530. uttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed For additional informa tion refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VE
531. vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl man ganese tricarbonyl MMT Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emis sions Not all fuel dispensers are la beled to indicate MMT content so you may have to consult your gasoline re tailer for more details Note that Fed eral and California laws prohibit the use of MMT in reformulated gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Vis cosity SAE 5W 30 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE For additional information refer to Tire and load ing information label in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For addit
532. vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instru ments and controls section Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an acc
533. vehicle may seriously damage the engine For ad ditional information refer to If your ve hicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the O light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section Instruments and controls 2 7 LICO741 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE if so equipped The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running The needle should be in the middle of the gauge when the engine is running A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to ch
534. ving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear Never back down in N Neutral or with the clutch depressed manual transmission ve hicles using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Use the hill descent control feature if so equipped Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating
535. w it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls After the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instru ment panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied front passengers seat The lightis OFF and the front passen ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Front passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied front passenger seat and the pas senger meet the conditions outlined in this section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front Safety Seats seat belts and supplementa
536. w tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section and Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem TPMS in the In case of emergency section of this manual AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible For additi
537. ward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the seat belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the re straint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 WRS0475 LRS0392 Forward facing step 10 Anchor point access 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front 4 Pull strap passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light amp should illuminate If this Installing top tether strap rear bench light is not illuminated refer to Front pas seat Crew Cab models only senger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to another To access the anchor points behind the rear seating position Have the system bench seat tilt the rear seatback forward by checked by a NISSAN dealer lifting up on the pull strap behind the seatback After the child restraint is removed and the seat be
538. ware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 2 or later iPod nano 6th generation firmware ver sion 1 1 or later iPhone 3G firmware version 4 2 1 or later iPhone 3GS firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4 firmware version 5 1 or later iPhone 4S firmware version 5 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod B XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX I XXXXXXXX OXXX Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Playlists Composers Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface
539. water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 02 2 000e 8 2 Dive Del ccveasherecenetacteeeeeteae nese decors 8 19 General maintenance 000 cece cece eee eee 8 2 Opak 6 00 ae ae a a ee eee eee 8 20 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Replacing spark PlUGS snsaweccwraveengrweenedas 8 20 Maintenance precautions a a 8 5 Air cleaner ee Se 8 21 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 22 Engine cooling system cece cece cece ee eees 8 9 wiper blades sees eee es ee Checking engine coolant level 05 8 10 Ee Semis a aes ice EGS Sale a Setar ee
540. windows or inadvertent door lock activation do not leave chil dren people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side window switch Right rear passenger window switch Crew Cab models only Left rear passenger window switch Crew Cab models only Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 4 To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 49 WIC0357 Rear power window switc
541. witch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse How to replace the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself KEY FOB if SO equipped 3 Install a new battery with the facing down Replace the battery in the key fob as follows Hold the battery by the edges Holding the Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will seri 2 Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the key fob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery Is incor
542. with the center of the head restraint headrest Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT HEADREST COMPONENTS l Removable head restraint headrest Single notch Lock knob Stalks a a REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint headrest 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it Is not loose in the vehicle 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion ADJUST For non adjustable head restraint headrest For adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi l tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center before riding in
543. ws you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Air recirculation button ON position Indicator light on Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle Press the CS button to the ON position when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner OFF position Indicator light off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compart ment and distributed through the selected outlet Use the OFF position for normal heater or air conditioner operation Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the button to turn on the air conditioner To turn off the air conditioner press the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window or outside mirror defroster switch if so equipped For additional information about the rear window or outside mirror defroster switch refer to Rear window or outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Press the gt button to the OFF position for norma
544. y of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body 1 78 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during infla tion The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tion After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn ho
545. y in position for the entire ride 1 25 CHILD RESTRAINTS NOTE Laws in some communities may follow dif ferent guidelines Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before travel ing AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision If you answered no to any of these questions the child should remain in a booster seat using a three point type seat belt 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Do not install rear facing child re straints in the driver s side rear seat ing position For forward facing child seats and boosters DO NOT install if the child restraint base extends past the for ward edge of the seat cushion The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child an
546. y or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater o
547. zed or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way CalalSlies2 Geeuestesevateueeyeenseuds 5 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving PIECAULIONS 224 sccakececadte uctincd piece EENES 5 6 Avoiding collision and rollover 004 5 6 Offroad TECOVCIV is oe san erred ean ta ase eben 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 000 cece eee eee 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions 000 eee eee 5 8 ONON SWIC sus snaru arretu sinen n EE 5 10 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 10 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 11 Key POSINIONS ctiree and uwennetbeeesdseece teee ce 5 12 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System if so equipped wuc2n2nceniceueaneeansiege nse 5 12 Be

2016 Nissan Frontier

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents